Childhood Epilepsy

Language, Learning and Behavioural Complications

Childhood Epilepsy

William Svoboda channels a lifetime of clinical experience into three areas--language, learning, and behavior--that encompass the major difficulties of children "growing up with epilepsy." In each area he looks at why the problems arise and assesses potential treatments. The focus of this comprehensive work is on the complete care of the child rather than on diagnosis, classification and medication alone. More than half of all epileptic children have interrelated language, learning, and/or behavior complications that persist beyond seizure control and present problems for health and educational systems. This reference makes a significant contribution to furthering the knowledge of clinicians, educators, and language specialists about the needs of this special pediatric population.


 Reviews:

"[T]his impressive volume is one of the first dedicated entirely to the inter-relatedness of language, learning, and behavioural difficulties in childhood epilepsy. I recommend this book wholeheartedly as a courageous undertaking, highlighting problems that may go unrecognised long after the epilepsy has been brought under control." Gillian Parkinson, The Lancet, Neurology

"This is a unique book, as no similar compilation of information is available. It is up-to-date and, as a single authored source, reads evenly and provides great continuity between chapters and sections. It occupies a unique niche and is a valuable contribution to the literature." Doody's Review ServiceG

"...very readable...References are numerous throughout the 656 pages and the book is easy to use due to the many headings and sub-headings...This is a useful volume not only for reference but for browsing and as a source of information for those who look after children with epilepsy." Doctors' Net

"This book provides a comprehensive and well-referenced overview of current thinking and research pertaining to co-morbidities associated with childhood epilepsy." British Journal of Neuroscience Nursing, Siobhan Hannan

"...on the whole this is a very useful and interesting book which I think will be of particular interest to clinicians with a specialist interest in children with epilepsy." Child and Adolescent Mental Health, Marian Perkins

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Commission for the Control of Epilepsy and Its Consequences (1977). Plan for Nationwide Action on Epilepsy. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Learning about Epilepsy. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Svoboda, W. B. (1989). Kansas Task Force on Epilepsy and Other Seizure Related Disorders: Report and Reference Documents. Topeka, KS: Kansas Department of Health

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Besag, F. M. C. & Hermann, B. (2001). Panel discussion 2. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. E.ia, C. M. Cornaggia and M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 28
Cantwell, D. P., Baker, L. & Mattison, R. E. (1980). Psychiatric disorders in children with speech and language retardation. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 37: 423–6
Cantwell, D. P., Baker, L. & Mattison, R. E. (1981). Prevalence, type, and correlates of psychiatric diagnosis in 200 children with communicative disorders. J. D.v. Behav. Pediatr. 2: 131–5
Gordon, N. (1991). The relationship between language and behavior. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 33: 86–9
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and learning problems. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 186–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Williams, J., Sharp, G. B. & Griebel, M. I. (1992). Neuropsychological functioning in clinically referred children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 17

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

American Speech and Hearing Association (1982). Definitions – communicative disorders and variations. ASHA 24: 949–50
Andy, O. J. (1984). Right-hemispheric language evidence from cortical stimulation. Brain Lang. 23: 159–66
Balthazar, T. E. (1963). Cerebral unilateralization in chronic epileptic cases: the Wechsler object assembly subtest. J. C.in. Psychol. 19: 169–71
Benson, D. F. (1979). Associated neurobehavioral problems Aphasia, Alexia, and Agraphia, pp. 158–73. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Berlin, C. I., Lowe-Bell, S. S., Jannetta, P. J. & Kline, D. G. (1972). Central auditory deficits after temporal lobectomy. Arch. Otolaryngol. 96: 4–10
Bishop, D. V. M. (1981). Plasticity and specificity of language localization in the developing brain. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 23: 545–6
Bradshaw, J. L. (1980). Right hemisphere language: familial and non-familial sinistrals, cognitive deficits and writing hand position in sinistrals and concrete-abstract imageable-nonimageable dimensions in word recognition: a review of interrelated issues. Brain Lang. 10: 172–88
Critchley, M. (1979). Physiology and other aspects of language. In Aphasiology. London: Edward Arnold
Devinsky, O., Perrine, K., Hirsch, J., McMullen, W., et al. (2000). Relation of cortical language distribution and cognitive functions in surgical epilepsy patients. Epilepsia 41: 400–404
Drewe, E. A. (1976). An experimental investigation of Luria's theory on the effects of frontal lobe lesions in men. Neurophysiology 13: 421–9
Duchaney, M. (2000). The transfer of function in dysplastic contex. Cleveland Clinic Conference, Cleveland, OH. June 2, 2000
Fedio, P., August, A., Sato, S. & Kufta, C. (1992). Neuropsychological characteristics of patients with basolateral temporal language. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 120
Geets, W. & Pinon, A. (1975). Crises agnosiques avec troubles du languge et anomalies asmetricques de EEG. Acta Psychiatr. Belg. 75: 160–72
Geffen, G. (1976). Development of hemispheric specialization for speech perception. Cortex 12: 337–46
Geschwind, N. (1972). Cerebral dominance and anatomic asymmetry. N. Engl. J. Med. 287: 194–5
Goodglass, H. & Quadfasel, F. A. (1954). Language laterality and left-handed aphasiacs. Brain 77: 521–84
Gordon, B. (1996). Organization and localization of language in the brain. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Francisco, December, 1996
Hardy, W. G. (1965). On language disorders in young children: a reorganization of thinking. J. Speech Hear. Disord. 30: 3–16
Heilman, K. M., Scholes, R. & Watson, R. T. (1975). Auditory affective agnosia: disturbed comprehension of affective speech. J. Nurol. Neurosurg. Psychatry 38: 69–71
Knaven, F. (1980). Cognitive functioning in adults – discussion notes. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. E. M. Kulig, H. M.inardi & G. S.ores, pp. 43–6. Lisse: Swet & Zeitlinger
LeDoux, J. E., Barclay, L. & Premuck, A. (1978). The brain and cognitive sciences. Ann. Neurol. 4: 391–98
Lenneberg, E. H. (1966). Speech development: its anatomical and psychological concomitants. In Brain Function III Proceedings of the Third Conference (Nov. 1963) Speech, Language and Communication, ed. E. C. Carterette. Berkeley: University of California Press
Luria, A. R. (1974). Language and brain: towards the basic problems of neurolinquistics Brain Lang. 1: 1–4
McGone, J. (1977). Sex differences in the cerebral organization of verbal functions in patients with unilateral brain lesions. Brain 100: 775–93
Milner, B. (1975). Psychological aspects of focal epilepsy and its neurosurgical management. In Advances in Neurology, ed. D. P. Purpura, J. R. Penry & R. D. Walter, Vol. 8, pp. 299–321. New York: Raven Press
Milner, B., Branch, C. & Rasmussen, T. (1966). Evidence for bilateral speech representation in some non-right handers. Trans. Am. Neurol. Assoc. 91: 306–8
Novelly, R. A. & Naugle, R. I. (1985). Neuropsychological prediction of hemisphere speech dominance in childhood onset complex partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 26: 539
Ojelmann, G. A. (1979). Individual variability in cortical localization of language. J. Nurosurg. 50: 164–9
Quinn, P. J. (1972). Stuttering: cerebral dominance and the Dichotic Word Test. Med. J. Astr. 2: 639–45
Risse, G. L., Hempel, A., Farnham, S. J., Penovich, P. E., et al. (1999). A comparison of cortical language areas in adults vs. children based on electrical stimulation with subdural electrode array. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 53
Ross, E. D. & Mesulam, M. M. (1979). Dominant language functions of the right hemisphere: prosody and emotional gesturing. Arch. Neurol. 36: 144–8
Ross, E. D., Harney, J. H., deLaCosta-Utemssing, C. & Purdy, P. D. (1981). How the brain integrates affective and prepositional language into a unified behavioral function. Arch. Neurol. 38: 475–8
Schulhoff, G. & Goodglass, H. (1969). Dichotic listening, side of brain injury and cerebral dominance. Neuropsychogia 7: 149–60
Searleman, A. (1978). A review of right hemisphere linguistic capabilities. Psychol. Bull. 83: 503–28
Smith, B. L. (1980). Cortical stimulation and speech timing: a preliminary observation. Brain Lang. 10: 89–97
Sorokina, N. & Selitsky, G. A. (1999). Impairment of verbal and imaginative function in childhood epilepsy. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress, Prague, Czech Republic. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 68
Todd, J. & Satz, P. (1977). WAIS performance in brain-damaged left and right handers. Ann. Neurol. 2: 422–4
Weintraub, P. (1981). The brain: his and hers. Discover 15–20
Weintraub, S. Mesulam, M.-M. & Kramer, L. (1958). Disturbances in prosody, a right hemisphere contribution to language. Arch. Neurol. 368: 742–4

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Alajouanine, T. & Lhermitte, F. (1965). Acquired aphasia in children. Brain 88: 653–63
Aquilar, J. M. & Rasmussen, J. (1960). Role of encephalitis in pathogenesis of epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 2: 663–6
Baratz, R. & Mesulam, M.-M. (1981). Adult-onset stuttering treated with anticonvulsants. Arch. Neurol. 38: 132
Belafsky, M. A., Rosman, N. P., Miller, P., Waddell, G., et al. (1978). Prolonged epileptic twilight states: continuous recordings with naso-pharyngeal electrodes and videotape analysis. Neurology 28: 239–45
Benson, D. F. (1979). Associated neurobehavioral problems. In Aphasia, Alexia, and Agraphia, pp. 158–73. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Borkowski, W. J., Jr & Lotz, W. K. (1986). A case of verbal auditory agnosia with subsequent loss of speech treated successfully with anticonvulsants. Ann. Neurol. 20: 417
Cohn, B. (1970). Amnestic aphasia and other disturbances in naming. Arch. Neurol. 22: 515–20
Cooper, J. A. & Ferry, P. C. (1978). Acquired auditory verbal agnosia and seizures in childhood. J. Speech Hear. Disord. 43: 176–84
Critchley, M. (1970). True acquired aphasia as occurring in childhood. In Aphasiology and Other Aspects of Language, pp. 278–81. London: Edward Arnold
Davies-Eysenick, M. (1952). Cognitive factors in epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 165: 39–44
Deonna, T., Chevrie, C. & Hornung, E. (1987). Childhood epileptic speech disorder: prolonged isolated deficit of prosodic features. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 29: 96–109
Deonna, T., Fletcher, P. & Voumard, C. (1982). Temporary regression during language acquisition: a linguistic a, Ynalysis of a 2½ year old child with epileptic aphasia. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 24: 156–163
De Pasquet, E. G., Gaudin, E. S., Bianchi, A. & De Mendilaharsu, S. A. (1976). Prolonged and monosymptomatic dysphasic status epilepticus. Neurology 26: 244–7
Foerster, G. (1977). Aphasia and seizure disorders in childhood. In Epilepsy, the Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. Penry, pp. 305–6. New York: Raven Press
Gastaut, H. (1979). Aphasia: the sole manifestations of focal status epilepticus. Neurology 29: 1938
Geets, W. (1975). Le language de l'inconisceint. Acta Psychiatr. Belg. 75: 273–9
Geets, W. & Pinon, A. (1975). Crises agnosiques avec troubles du language et anomalies asmetriques de l'EEG. Acta Psychiatr. Belg. 75: 160–72
Geschwind, N. & Sherwin, I. (1967). Language-induced epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 16: 25–31
Gilmore, R. L. & Heilman, K. M. (1981). Speech arrest in partial seizures: evidence of an associated language disorder. Neurology 31: 1016–19
Green, J. B. & Hartlage, L. C. (1971). Comparative performance of epileptic and non-epileptic children and adolescents on tests of academic, communicative and social skills. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 32: 418–21
Hamilton, N. G. & Matthews, T. (1979). Reply to Gastaut M re Aphasia: the sole manifestation of focal status epilepticus (letter to the editor). Neurology 29: 1638
Hardy, W. G. (1965). On language disorders in younger children: a reorganization of thinking. J. Speech Hear. Disord. 30: 3–16
Hecaen, H. & Piercy, M. (1956). Paroxysmal dysphasia and the problem of cerebral dominance. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Pyschiatry 19: 193–201
Heilman, K. M., Scholes, R. & Watson, R. T. (1975). Auditory affective agnosia: disturbed comprehension of affective speech. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatr. 38: 69–72
Hoeppner, J. B., Garron, D. C., Wilson, R. S. & Koch-Weser, M. P. (1987). Epilepsy and verbosity. Epilepsia 28: 35–40
Holmes, G. L., McKeever, M. & Saunders, Z. (1981). Epileptiform activity in aphasia of childhood: an epiphenomenon. Epilepsia 22: 631–9
Ingvar, D. H. (1976). Functional landscapes of the dominant hemisphere. Brain Res. 107: 181–97
Kossciesza, M., Stelmasiak, Z. & Kosciesza, A. (1998). Characteristics of language in children with epilepsy, 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Lecours, A. R. & Joanette, Y. (1980). Linguistic and other psychological aspects of paroxysmal aphasia. Brain Lang. 10: 1–23
Lee, S. I., Sutherling, W. W., Persing, J. A. & Butler, A. B. (1980). Language-induced seizure – a case of cortical origin. Arch. Neurol. 37: 433–6
Marin, O. S. M. & Saffran, E. M. (1975). Agnosic behavior in anomia: a case of pathologic verbal dominance. Cortex 11: 83–9
O'Donohoe, N. V. (1979). Learning disorders in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsies of Childhood, pp. 186–9. London: Butterworth
Ojemann, G. A. (1975). Language and the thalamus: object naming and recall during and after thalamic stimulation. Brain Lang. 2: 101–20
Prutting, C. A. & Kirchner, D. M. (1987). A clinical appraisal of the pragmatic aspects of language. J. Speech Hear. Disord. 52: 105–19
Racy, A., Osborn, M. A., Vern, B. A. & Molinari, G. I. (1980). Epileptic aphasia: first onset of prolonged monosymptomatic status epilepticus in adults. Arch. Neurol. 37: 419–22
Rapin, I., Mattis, S., Rowan, A. J., et al. (1977). Verbal auditory agnosia in children. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 19: 192–207
Rayport, M., Ferguson, S. M. & Corrie, W. S. (1984). AES society proceedings. Epilepsia 25: 5
Ross, E. D. & Mesulam, M.-M. (1979). Dominant language functions of the right hemisphere: prosody and emotional gesturing. Arch. Neurol. 36: 144–8
Searleman, A. (1978). A review of right hemisphere linguistic capabilities. Psychol. Bull. 83: 503–28
Serafetinides, E. G. & Falconer, M. A. (1963). Speech disturbances in temporal lobe seizures. A study in 1000 epileptic patients submitted to anterior temporal lobectomy. Brain 86: 333–46
Vernea, J. J. (1974). Partial status epilepticus with speech arrest. Proc. Aust. Assoc. Neurol. 11: 223–8
Vollbracht, R. (1979). Epileptic aphasia (letter to the editor). Arch. Neurol. 37: 787
Watters, G. V. (1974). The syndrome of acquired aphasia and convulsive disorder in children. Can. Med. J. 1101: 611–12
Weintraub. S., Mesulam, M.-M. & Kramer, L. (1958). Disturbance in prosody, a right hemisphere contribution to language. Arch. Neurol. 38: 742–4
West, R. (1958). An agnostic's speculation about stuttering. In Stuttering, A Symposium, ed. J. Eisenson, pp. 169–222. New York: Harper
Worster-Drought, C. (1971). An unusual form of acquired aphasia in children. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 563–71

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Alexander, M. P. & Schmitt, M. A. (1980). The aphasia syndrome of stroke in the left anterior cerebral artery territory. Arch. Neurol. 37: 97–100
Bancaud, J., Henricksen, O., Rubio-Donnadieu, F., et al. (1981). Proposal for revised clinical and electroencephalographic classification of epileptic seizures. Epilepsia 22: 489–501
Bates, J. A. V. (1953). A technique for identifying changes in consciousness. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 5: 445–6
Belafsky, M. A., Carwille, S., Miller, P., et al. (1978). Prolonged epileptic twilight states: continuous recordings with nasopharyngeal electrodes and videotape analysis. Neurology 28: 239–45
Bennett, D. R., Mavor, H. & Jracho, L. W. (1971). Language induced epilepsy: report of a case. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 30: 159
Bingley, T. (1958). Mental symptoms in temporal lobe epilepsy and temporal lobe gliomas. Acta Psychiatra et Neurol. Suppl. 120: 95–101
Binnie, C. D. (1980). Detection of transitory cognitive impairments using epileptiform EEG dischargers: problems in clinical practice. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. P. M. Kulig, H. Masseinardi & G. Stores, pp. 91–7. Lisse: Swet & Zeitlinger
Cherlow, D. G. & Serafetinides, E. A. (1976). Speech and language assessment in psychomotor epileptics. Cortex 12: 11–26
Croona, C., Kihlgern, M., Lundberg, S., et al. (1999). Neuropsychological findings in children with benign childhood epilepsy with centrotemporal spikes. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 41: 813–18
Crosson, B. (1985). Subcortical functions in language: a working model. Brain Lang. 25: 257–92
Deonna, T. W., Roulet, E., Fontan, D., et al. (1997). Speech and oromotor deficits of epileptic origin in benign partial epilepsy of childhood with Rolandic spikes (BPERS): relationship to the acquired aphasia-epilepsy syndrome. Neuropediatrics 35: 84–7
De Saint Martin, A., Petiau, C., Massa, R., et al. (1999). Idiopathic Rolandic epilepsy with interictal-facial myoclonia and oromotor deficit (a longitudinal EEG and PET study). Epilepsia 40: 614–20
Engel, J. R. (1996). Excitation and inhibition in epilepsy. Can. J. N.urol. Sci. 23: 167–74
Fewick, P. (1981). Precipitation and inhibition of seizures. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 306–21. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Floor-Henry, P. (1972). Ictal and inter-ictal psychiatric manifestations in epilepsy: specific or non-specific. Epilespia 13: 733–83
Foerster, F. M. (1977). Epilepsy evoked by higher cognitive functions: communication evoked epilepsy (language epilepsy: reading epilepsy). In Reflex Epilepsy, Behavior Therapy and Conditioned Reflexes, pp. 94–153. Springfield, IL: Chas C. Thomas
Gastaut, H. (1979). Aphasia, the sole manifestation of focal status epilepticus. Neurology 29: 1938
Geschwind, N. & Sherwin, I. (1967). Language induced epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 16: 25–31
Gilmore, R. L. & Heilman, K. M. (1981). Speech arrest in partial seizures: evidence of an associated language disorder. Neurology 31: 1016–1019
Goldie, L. & Green, U. M. (1961). Spike and wave discharges and alterations of conscious awareness. Nature 191: 200–201
Hamilton, N. G. & Matthews, T. (1979). Aphasia, the sole manifestation of focal status epilepticus. Neurology 29: 745–48, 1636
Hecaen, H. & Piercy, M. (1956). Paroxysmal dysphasia and the problem of cerebral dominance. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 19: 194–201
Henry, D. & Browne, M. (1987). Language and auditory processing deficits. Presented at the S. F.ancis Epilepsy Symposium, Wichita, KS. September 17, 1987
Hermann, B. P., Bell, B., Seidenberg, M., et al. (2001). Learning disabilities and language function in epilepsy. Epilespia 42 (suppl 10): 21–3
Hoeppner, J. B., Garrons, D. C., Wilson, R. S., et al. (1987). Epilepsy and verbosity. Epilepsia 28: 35–40
Hoffman, R. E., Stopek, S. & Anderasen, N. C. (1986). A comparative study of manic vs. schizophrenic speech disorganization. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 43: 831–8
Holmes, G., McKeever, P. I. & Saunders, Z. (1981). Epileptiform activity in aphasia of childhood: an epiphenomenon? Epilepsia 22: 631–49
Inoue, Y., Miahara, T., Fukao, K., et al. (1998). Ictal paraphasia induced by language activity. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology, Warsaw, Poland, May 1998. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 71
Jus, A. & Jus, K. (1962). Retrograde amnesia in petit mal. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 6: 163–7
Keating, L. E. (1960). A review of the literature on the relationship of epilepsy and intelligence in schoolchildren. J. Mental Sci. 106: 104–59
Kramer, U., Ben-Zeev, B., Harel, S., et al. (2001). Transient oromotor deficits in children with benign childhood epilepsy with central-temporal spikes. Epilepsia 42: 616–20
Kutschkke, G., Brodbeck, V., Boor, R., et al. (1999). Do subclinical epileptic discharges (SED) influence language functions in children with developmental language disorders (DLD)? 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 20
Lecours, A. R. & Joanette, Y. (1980). Linguistic and other psychological aspects of paroxysmal aphasia. Brain Lang. 10: 1–3
Lee, S. I., Sutherling, W. W., Persing, J. A., et al. (1980). Language-induced seizure: a case of cortical origin. Arch. Neurol. 37: 433–6
Lennox, W. G. (1951). Phenomena and correlations of the psychomotor triad. Neurology 1: 357–71
Ludlow, C. L. (1980). Children's language disorders: recent research advances. Ann. Neurol. 7: 497–507
McDaniel, J. W. & McDaniel, M. L. (1976). Visual and auditory cognitive processing affected by epilepsy. PDM 7: 38–42
Mayeus, R., Brandt, J., Rosen, J., et al. (1980). Interictal memory and language impairment in temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurology 30: 120–25
McKeever, M., Holmes, G. L., Russman, B. S. (1983). Speech abnormalities in seizures: a comparison of absence and partial complex seizures. Brain Lang. 19: 25–32
Novelly, R. A. (1982). Minimal developmental dysphasia: constraints on specificity of expressive language with early onset left hemisphere epilepsy. Epilespia 23: 438–9
O'Donohoe, N. V. (1979), Learning disorders in children with epilepsy. The acquired aphasia syndrome. In Epilepsies of Childhood, pp. 186–9. London & Boston: Butterworth
Ojemann, G. A. (1980). Brain mechanisms for language: observations during neurosurgery. In Epilepsy, A Window to Brain Mechanisms, ed. J. S. Lockard & A. A. Ward, Jr, pp. 243–60. New York: Raven Press
Penry, J. K., Porter, R. J. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1975). Simultaneous recording of absence seizures with video tape and electreoencephalography. Brain 98: 427–40
Porrazzo, S. & Mayersdorf, A. (1980). The measurement of interictal speech and language disturbances in complex partial seizures. In Advances in Epileptology, the Xth Epilepsy International Symposium, ed. J. A. Wada & J. K. Penry, p. 528. New York: Raven Press
Quadfasel, A. F. & Pruyser, P. S. W. (1955). Cognitive deficits in patients with psychomotor epilepsy. Epilespia 4: 80–90
Racy, A., Osborn, M. A., Veern, B. A., et al. (1980). Epileptic aphasia, first onset of prolonged monosymptomatic status epilepticus in adults. Arch. Neurol. 37: 419–22
Roulet, E., Deonna, T. & Despland, P. A. (1989). Prolonged intermittent drooling and oromotor apraxia in childhood epilepsy with centrotemporal spikes. Epilepsia 30: 564–8
Rugland, A. L., Bjoanes, H., Henrickson, O., et al. (1987). The development of computerized tests as a routine procedure in clinical EEG practice for the evaluation of cognitive changes in patients with epilepsy. 17th Epilepsy International Congress. Epilepsia 28: 102
Scheffer, I. E., Jones, L., Pozzebon, M., et al. (1996). Autosomal dominant Rolandic epilepsy and speech dyspraxia: a new syndrome with anticipation. Ann. Neurol. 38: 663–42
Serafetinides, E. G. & Falconer, M. A. (1963). Speech disturbances in temporal lobe seizures: a study in 100 epileptic patients submitted to anterior temporal lobectomy. Brain 8: 333–46
Shimazono, Y. Hirai, T., Okuma, T., et al. (1953). Disturbances of consciousness in petit mal epilepsy. Epilepsia 2: 498–55
Shoumaker, R. D., Bennett, D. R., Bray, P. F., et al. (1974). Clinical and EEG manifestations of an unusual aphasic syndrome in children. Neurology 24: 10–14
Staden, U., Isaacs, E., Boyd, S. G., et al. (1998). Language dysfunction in children with Rolandic epilepsy. Neuropediatrics 29: 242–8
Syrigou-Papavasiliou, A., LeWitt, P. A., Green, V., et al. (1985). P300 and temporal lobe epilepsy. AES Society Proceedings. Epilepsia 26: 528
Tizard, B. & Murgerson, J. M. (1963). Psychological function during wave-spike discharges. Br. J. Soc. Clin. Psychol. 3: 6–15
Tsuzuki, M. & Kasuga, I. (1977). Paroxysmal discharges triggered by hearing spoken language. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 43: 499
Vining, E. (1996). Epilepsy syndromes associated with language dysfunction. Presented at the American, Epilepsy Society Conference, San Francisco, CA, December 1996
Wilson, A., Petty, R., Perry, A., et al. (1983). Paroxysmal language disturbance in an epileptic treated with clobazam. Neurology 33: 652–4

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aarts, J. H. P., Binnie, C. D., Smith, A. M., et al. (1984). Selective cognitive impairments during focal and generalized epileptiform EEG activity. Brain 107: 292–308
Ansink, B. J., Sarphatie, H. & VanDongen, H. R. (1989). The Landau–Kleffner syndrome: case report and theoretical considerations. Neuropediatrics 20: 132–8
Appleton, R., Hughes, A. Beirae, M., et al. (1993). Vigabatrin in the Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 35: 457–8
Ballaban-Gil, K. (1995). Spectrum of acquired language regression. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Baltimore, MD, December 1995
Ballaban-Gil, K. & Tuchman, R. (2000). Epilepsy and epileptiform EEG: association with autism and language disorders. Ment. Retard. Dev. Disabil. Res. Rev. 6: 300–308
Ballaban-Gil, K., Rapin, I., Tuchman, R., et al. (1991). The risk of seizures in autistic individuals: occurrence of a secondary peak in adolescence. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 84
Beaumanoir, A. (1985). The Landau–Kleffner syndrome. In Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, ed. J. Roger, M. Dravet, C. Bureau, F. E. Dreifuss & P. Wolf, pp. 81–91. London: J. Libbey Eurotext
Besag, F. M. C. (2001). Treatment of state dependent learning disabilities. In Epilepsy and Learning Disabilites, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilespia 42: 46–9
Bhatia, M. S., Shome, S., Chadda, R. K., et al. (1994). Landau–Kleffner syndrome in cerebral neurocystercosis. Indian Pediatr. 31: 584–7
Bicknese, A. R., Preston, J., Ettinger, A. B., et al. (1996). Epileptic aphasia (Landau–Kleffner syndrome) secondary to progressive encephalitis. Ann. Neurol. 40: 305–7
Billard, C. S., Autret, A., Laffront, F., et al. (1982). Electrical status epilepticus during sleep in children. In Sleep and Epilepsy, ed. B. M. Sterman, M. N. Shouse & P. Passoquant, pp. 481–94. New York: Academic Press
Bishop, D. V. M. (1985). Age of onset and outcome in “aquired aphasia with convulsive disorder” (Landau–Kleffner syndrome). Dev. Med. Child. Neurol. 27: 705–12
Cole, A. J., Andermann, F., Taylor, L., et al. (1988). The Landau–Kleffner syndrome of acquired epileptic aphasia: unusual clinical outcome, surgical experience, and absence of encephalitis. Neurology 38: 31–8
Cooper, J. A. & Ferry, P. G. (1978). Acquired auditory verbal agnosia and seizure in childhood. J. Speech Hear. Disord. 43: 176–84
Da Silva, E. A., Chugani, D. C., Muzik, O. P., et al. (1997). The Landau Kleffner syndrome: metabolic abnormalities in temporal lobe are a common feature. J. Child Neurol. 12: 489–95
Deonna, T. W. (1991). Acquired epileptiform aphasia in children (Landau–Kleffner syndrome). J. Clin. Neurophysiol. 9: 288–98
Deonna, T., Peter, C., & Ziegler, H. I. (1989). Adult follow-up of the acquired aphasia-epilepsy syndrome in childhood: report of seven cases. Neuropediatrics 20: 132–8
Duel, R. K. & Lenn, N. J. (1977). Treatment of acquired epileptic aphasia. J. Pediatr. 90: 959–61
Dugas, M. M., LeHeusey, M. F. & Reginer, N. (1982). Aphasic acquise de l'enfant avec epilpesie (syndrome de Landau–Kleffne): douze observations personelles. Rev. Neurol. (Paris) 138: 755–80
Dunn, M. & Rapin, I. (1997). Communication in autistic children. In Behavior Belongs to the Brain: Neurobehavioral Syndromes, ed. P. J. Accardo, B. K. Shapiro & A. J. Caputo, pp. 97–111. Baltimore, MD: York Press
Eriksson, K., Kylliainen, A. & Hirvonen, K. (2000). Visual agnosia with occipital CSWS-A Landau Kleffner Equivalent? Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 195
Fayad, M., Choveiri, R. & Mikati, M. (1997). Landau–Kleffner syndrome: consistent response to repeated intravenous gamma-globulin doses: a case report. Epilepsia 38: 489–94
Feekery, C. J., Parry-Fielder, B. & Hopkins, J. J. (1993). Landau–Kleffner syndrome: six patients including discordant monozygotic twins. Pediatr. Neurol. 9: 49–53
Foerster, G. (1977). Aphasia and seizure disorders in childhood. In Epilepsy, the Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 305–6. New York: Raven Press
Gascon, G., Victor, D., Lombroso, G. & Goodglass, H. (1973). Language disorder, convulsive disorder, and electroencephalographic abnormalities. Arch. Neurol. 28: 156–62
Gascon, G., Victor, D. & Lombroso, C. T. (2000). Language disorder, convulsive disorder and EEG study of five cases. Epilepsia 32: 756–67
Gastaut, H. (1979). Aphasia: the sole manifestation of focal status epilepticus. Neurology 2: 1938
Genton, P., Maton, B., Ogihara, M., et al. (1992). Continuous focal spikes during REM sleep in a case of acquired aphasia (Landau–Kleffner syndrome). Sleep 15: 454–60
Glauser, T. A., Olberding, L. A. S., Titanic, M. K., et al. (1995). Felbamate in the treatment of acquired epileptic aphasia. Epil. Res. 20: 850–89
Gomez, M. R. & Klass, D. W. (1983). Epilepsies of infancy and childhood. Ann. Neurol. 13: 113–24
Gordon, N. S. (1964). The concept of central deafness. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine, Vol. 13, pp. 62–4. London: Spastics Society and Heinemann
Guerreiro, M. M., Camargo, E. E., Kato, M., et al. (1996). Brain single photon emission computed tomography imaging in Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Epilepsia 37: 60–7
Hashima, Y., Endo, M., Yagimuchi, T., et al. (1987). Epilepsy aphasia syndrome (word deafness) -course and prognosis over 10 years. Brain Dev. 9: 166
Hirsch, E., Maresceauex, C., Paquet, P., et al. 1990). Landau–Kleffner syndrome: a clinical and EEG study of five cases. Epilepsia 31: 756–67
Hoeppner, J. A. S., Grotz, C. L. & Morrell, F. (1993). Long- term follow-up of cognitive and behavioral function after surgery for Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 72
Hoeppner, T. J., Morrell, F., Smith, M. C., et al. (1992). The Landau–Kleffner syndrome: a peri-Sylvian epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 122
Holmes, G. L., Gairsa, J.-L., Chevassus-Au-Louis, N., et al. (1998). Consequences of neonatal seizures in the rat: morphological and behavioral effects. Ann. Neurol. 44: 845–57
Holmes, G. L., McKeever, M. & Saunders, Z. (1981). Epileptiform activity in aphasia of childhood: an epiphenomenon. Epilepsia 22: 621–39
Holmes, G. L., Sarkisian, M., Ben-Ari, Y., et al. (1999). Mossy fiber sprouting following recurrent seizures during early development in rats. J. Comp. Neurol. 404: 537–53
Kim, Y., Royer, F., Bonstselle, C., et al. (1980). Temporal sequencing of verbal and nonverbal materials: the effect of laterality of lesion. Cortex 116: 135–43
Lagae, L. G., Silberstein, J., Gilliss, P. L., et al. (1998). Successful use of intravenous immunoglobulins in Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Pediatr. Neurol. 18: 165–8
Landau, W. M. & Kleffner, F. R. (1957). Syndrome of acquired aphasia with convulsive disorder in children. Neurology 7: 523–30
Lerman-Sagie, T., Statter, M. & Lerman, P. (1987). Low erythrocyte zinc content in acquired aphasia with convulsive disorder (the Landau Kleffner syndrome). J. Child Neurol. 2: 28–30
Lou, H. C., Brandt, S. & Bruhn, P. (1977a). Aphasia and epilepsy in childhood. Acta Neurol Scand. 56: 46–54
Lou, H. C., Brandt, S. & Bruhn, P. (1977b). Progressive aphasia and epilepsy with a self-limited course. In Epilepsy: the VIII International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 295–303. New York: Raven Press
Maccario, M., Hefferen, S. J., Kebusek, S. J., et al. (1982). Developmental dysphasia and electroencephalographic abnormalities. Dev. Med. Child. Neurol. 24: 141–55
Mantovani, J. R. & Landau, W. M. (1980). Acquired aphasia with convulsive disorders: course and prognosis. Neurology 30: 524–9
Maquet, P., Hirsch, E., Metz-Lutz, M. N., et al. (1995). Regional cerebral glucose metabolism in children with deterioration of one or more cognitive functions and continuous spike-and-wave discharges during sleep. Brain 118: 1492–520
Maquet, P., Hirsch, E., Metz-Lutz, M. N., et al. (1999). PET studies of Landau–Kleffner syndrome and related disorders. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 135–41. London: John Libbey & Co
Marescaux, C., Hirsch, E., Finck, P., et al. (1990). Landau–Kleffner syndrome: a pharmacologic study of five cases. Epilepsia 31: 768–77
McKinney, W. & McGraw, D. A. (1974). An aphasic syndrome in children. Can. Med. Assoc. 110: 637–9
Metz-Lutz, M. N. & Massa, R. (1999). Cognitive and behavioral consequences of epilepsies in childhood. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 123–34. London: John Libbey & Co
Michalowicz, R., Jozwiak, S., Szwabowska-Orzeszko, E., et al. (1989). Zespol Landau–Kleffnera. Wiad. Lek. 42: 256–9
Mikati, M. A. & Saab, R. (2000). Successful use of intravenous imunoglobulin as initial monotherapy in Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Epilepsia 41: 880–86
Ming, L., Xiao-ye, H., Jiong, Q., et al. (1996). Correlation between CSWS and aphasia in Landau–Kleffner syndrome: a study of three cases. Brain Dev. 18: 197–200
Morrell, F., Whisler, W. M., Smith, M. C., et al. (1995) Landau–Kleffner syndrome: treatment with subpial intracortical transection. Brain 118: 1529–46
Mouridsen, S. E. (1995). The Landau–Kleffner syndrome: a review. Eur. Adolesc. Psychiatr. 4: 223–8
Nakano, S., Okumo, T. & Mikawa, H. (1989). Landau–Kleffner syndrome: EEG topographic studies. Brain Dev. 11: 43–60
Nass, R., Gross, A., Wisoff, J. & Devinsky, O. (1999). Outcome of multiple subpial transactions for autistic epileptiform regression. Pediatr. Neurol. 21: 464–70
Nass, R., Heier, L. & Walker, R. (1993). Landau–Kleffner syndrome: temporal lobe tumor resection results in good outcome. Pediatr. Neurol. 9: 303–5
O'Donohoe, N. V. (1979). Learning disorders. In Epilepsies of Childhood, pp. 186–9. Boston, MA: Butterworth
Otero, E., Cordova, S., Diaz, F., et al. (1989). Acquired epileptic aphasia due to neurocystericosis. Epilepsia 29: 569–72
O'Tuama, L. A., Urion, D. K., Janicek, M. J., et al. (1992). Regional cerebral perfusion in Landau–Kleffner syndrome and related childhood aphasias. J. Nucl. Med. 33: 1758–6
Pascual-Castroveiuo, I., Lopez-Martrin, V., Martinez-Bermejo, A., et al. (1992). Is cerebral arteritis the cause of the Landau–Kleffner syndrome: four cases in childhood with angiographic study. Can. J. Neurol. Sci. 19: 45–52
Pearce, P. S. & Darwish, H. (1984). Correlation between EEG and auditory percpetual measures in auditory agnosia. Brain Lang. 22: 41–8
Pearl, P. L., Carrazana, E. J. & Holmes, G. L. (2001). The Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Epilepsy Reviews 1: 39–45
Perniola, T., Margari, L., Buttiglione, M., et al. (1993). A case of Landau–Kleffner syndrome secondary to inflammatory demyelinating disease. Epilepsia 34: 551–6
Rapin, I. (1995). Autistic regression and disintegrative disorders: how important the role of epilepsy? Semin. Pediatr. Neurol. 2: 278–85
Rapin, I., Mattis, S., Rowan, A. J. & Golden, G. G. (1977). Verbal auditory agnosia and seizures in children. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 19: 192–207
Ratmelli, G. P., Donati, F., Kaufmann, F., et al. (1998). Motor and cognitive profile during successful treatment in a case of continuous spike-waves during sleep. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 54
Rintahaka, P. J., Chugani, H. T. & Sankar, R. (1995). Landau–Kleffner syndrome with continuous spikes and waves during slow-wave sleep. J. Child Neurol. 10: 127–33
Roger, J., Dravet, C., Bureau, M., Dreifuss, F. E., et al. (1985). Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence. London: John Libbey Eurotext
Roubertie, A., Touzery, A., Humbertclaude, V., et al. (1998). Continuous spikes and slow waves during sleep: neuropsychological aspects. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 19
Roulet-Perez, E. (1995). Syndromes of acquired epileptic aphasia and epilepsy with continuous spike-waves discharges during sleep: models for prolonged cognitive impairment of epileptic origin. Semin. Pediatr. Neurol. 2: 269–77
Sat, L. & Dreifuss, F. (1973). Electroencephalographic findings in a patient with developmental expressive aphasia. Neurology 23: 181–5
Sawhney, I. M. S., Suresh, N., Dhand, U. K., et al. (1988). Acquired aphasia with epilepsy: Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Epilepsia 29: 283–7
Shields, D. (1995). Treatment modalities. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Baltimore, MD. December 1995
Shoumaker, R. D., Bennett, D. R., Bray, P. R., et al. (1974). Clinical and EEG manifestations of an unusual aphasic syndrome in children. Neurology. 24: 10–16
Siebelink, B. M., Bakker, D. J., Binnie, C. D., et al. (1988). Psychological effects of subclinical EEG discharges 2. General intelligence tests. Epilepsy Res. 2: 117–21
Sieratzki, J. S., Calvert, G. A., Brammer, M., et al. (2002). Accessibility of spoken, written and sign language in Landau–Kleffner syndrome: a linguistic and functional MRI study. Epileptic Disord. 3: 79–89
Solomon, G., Carson, D., Pavlakis, S., et al. (1991). Intracranial EEG monitoring in Landau–Kleffner syndrome associated with left temporal lobe astrocytoma. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 56
Solomon, G. E., Parson, D., Pavlakis, S., et al. (1993). Intracranial EEG monitoring in Landau–Kleffner syndrome associated with a left temporal lobe astrocytoma. Epilepsia 34: 557–60
Squires, K. C. & Hecox, K. E. (1983). Electrophysiological evaluation of higher level of auditory processing. Semin. Hearing 4: 415–33
Stein, L. K. & Curry, F. K. W. (1968). Childhood auditory agnosia. J. Speech Hear. Disord. 33: 361–70
Stores, G. (1990). Electroencephalographic parameters in assessing the cognitive function of children with epilepsy. Epilespia 31: 45–9
Swarton, R. (1995). Laboratory evaluation. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Baltimore, MD. December 1995
Tassinari, C. A., Bureau, M., Dravet, C., et al. (1985). Epilepsy and continuous spikes and waves during slow sleep. In Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescents, ed. J. Roger, C. Dravet, M. Bereau, F. E. Dreifuss & P. Wolf, pp. 194–212. London: John Libbey Eurotext
Tharpe, A. M., Johnson, G. D. & Glasscock, M. E. (1991). Diagnostic and management considerations of acquired epileptic aphasia or Landau–Kleffner syndrome. Am. J. Otol. 12: 210–14
Thysanura, C. A. (1998). Electrical status epilepticus in sleep. Presented at the Cleveland Clinic Conference, Cleveland, OH. June 1998
Tuchman, R. F. & Rapin, I. (1997). Regression in pervasive developmental disorders: seizures and epileptiform electroencephalogram correlates. Pediatrics 2: 670–77
Van Dongen, H. R. & Loonen, M. C. B. (1977). Factors related to the prognosis of acquired aphasia in children. Cortex 13: 131–6
Volkmar, F. R. & Nelson, D. S. (1990). Seizure disorders in autism. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 29: 127–9
Wasterlain, C. G., Fujikawa, D. G., Penix L. & Sankar, R. (1993). Pathophysiologic mechanisms of brain damage from status epilepticus. Epilepsia 34: 537–53
Watters, G. B. (1974). The syndrome of acquired aphasic and convulsive disorder in children. Can. Med. J. 110: 611–12
White, H. & Sreenivasan, J. (1987). Epilepsy aphasia syndrome in children: an unusual presentation to psychiatry. Can. J. Psychiatry 32: 599–601
Wioland, N., Rudolf, G. & Metz-Lutz, M. N. (2001). Electrophysiological evidence of persisting unilateral-auditory cortex dysfunction in the late outcome of Landau and Kleffner syndrome. Clin. Neurophysiol. 112: 319–23
Worster-Drought, C. (1971). An unusual form of acquired aphasia in children. Dev. Med. Child. Neurol. 13: 563–71
Yamashita, S., Yamada, M. & Iwamoto, H. (2000). ESES syndrome with acquired aphaisa. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 9): 71
Yashima, Y., Endo, M., Yagiuchi, T., et al. (1987). Epilepsy–aphasia syndrome (word deafness) – course and prognosis over ten years. Brain Dev. 9: 166
Yasuhara, A., Yoshida, H., Hatanaka, T., et al. (1991). Epilepsy with continuous spike-waves during slow sleep and its treatment. Epilepsia 31: 59–62
Zovan, N. & Choyakh, F. (1977). Es potentiaels evoques aduditifs precoces, de latoence moyenne et tardifs dans un cas d'aphasic acquise-epilepsie (syndrome de Landau–Kleffner). Rev. Laryngol. Otol. Rhinol. (Bord) 40: 299–308

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aguilar, J. M. & Rasmussen, J. (1960). Role of encephalitis in pathogenesis of epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 2: 663–76
Belousova, E., Perminov, V., Baev, A., et al. (1998). Congenital bilateral perisylvian syndrome. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 54
Boatman, D., Stephenson, D., Vining, E., et al. (1999). Left mesial temporal lobe dysfunction can interfere with right sided language function. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 45–6
Caplan, R., Surtiss, S., Chugani, H. T., et al. (1993). Thought processing, language, glucose metabolic patterns and pathology in hemispherectomy patients with Rasmussen's encephalitis. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 101
Capovilla, G., Paladin, F. & Bernadina, B. D. (1997). Rasmussen's syndrome: longitudinal EEG study from the first seizure to epilespia partialis continua. Epilepsia 38: 483–8
Engel, J. & Wilson, C. L. (1986). Evidence for enhanced synaptic inhibition in epilepsy. In Neurotransmitters, Seizures and Epilepsy, ed. G. Nistico, pp. 1–13. New York: Raven Press
Fusco, L., Granata, T., Gobbi, G., et al. (2000). The role of medical treatment in Rasmussen's encephalitis. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 129
Granata T, Fusco L, Gobbi G., et al. (2000). Early clinical and instrumental findings of Rasmussen's encephalitis. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 114
Hecker, A., Guekos-Thoni, U., Egli, M., et al. (1991). Hemispherectomy for Rasmussen Syndrome. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 18
Knight, E. S., Oxbury, J. M., Oxbury, S. M., et al. (1999). Long term cognitive development following treatment of Rasmussen's encephalitis. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 48
Kuzniecky, R., Andermann, F. & Guerrini, R. (1991a). Congenital bilateral perisylvian ayndrome: a new recognizable entity. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 16
Kuzniecky, R., Andermann, R., Guerrini, R., et al. (1991b). Electrographic findings in the congenital bilateral perisylvian syndrome. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 51
Kuzniecky, R., Andermann, F. & Guerrini, R. (1993b). Congenital bilateral perisylvian syndrome: study of 31 patients. The congential bilateral perisylvian syndrome multicenter collaborative study. Lancet 341: 608–12
Kuzniecky, R., Anderman, F., Guerrini, R., et al. (1994). The epileptic spectrum in the congenital bilateral perisylvian syndrome. Neurology 44: 379–85
Kuzniecky, R., Andermann, F., Tampieri, D., et al. (1989). Bilateral central macrogyria; epilepsy, pseudobulbar palsy and mental retardation – a recognizable neuronal migration disorder. Ann. Neurol. 25: 547–54
Kuzniecky, T., Mutto, S., King, D., et al. (1993a). Magnetic resonance imaging in childhood intractable partial epilepsy: pathologic correlations. Neurology 43: 681–7
McNamara, J. O. (1995). Autoimmunity and Lennox. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Baltimore, MD. December 1995
Mikati, M. A., Lee, W. L. & DeLong, G. R. (1985). Protracted epileptiform encephalopathy: an unusual form of partial complex status epilepticus. Epilepsia 26: 563–71
Pardo, C. A., Irani, D., Vining, E. P., et al. (2000). The immunopathology of Rasmussen's syndrome: chemokines and chemokine-receptors response. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 82
Piatt, J. H., Hwang, P. A., Armstrong, D. C., et al. (1988). Chronic focal encephalitis (Rasmussen syndrome): six cases. Epilepsia 29: 268–79
Rasmussen, T., Olszewski J. & Lloyd-Smith, D. (1958). Focal seizures due to chronic localized encpehalitiies. Neurology 8: 435–45
Roulet, E., Deonna, T. & Despland, P. A. (1989). Prolonged intermittent drooling and oromotor apraxia in benign childhood epilepsy with centrotemporal spikes. Epilepsia 30: 564–8
Sells, C. J., Carpenter, R. L. & Ray, C. G. (1975). Sequelae of central nervous system enterovirus infections. N. Engl. J. Med. 293: 1–4
Shafrir, Y. & Prensky, A. L. (1995). Acquired epileptiform opercular syndrome: a second case report, review of the literature, and comparison to the Landau Kleffner syndrome. Epilepsia 36: 1050–57
So, N. S. & Andermann, F. (1997). Rasmussen's syndrome. In Epilepsy: A Comprehensive Textbook, ed. J. Engel & T. A. Pedley, pp. 2379–88. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven
Tenembaum, S., Soprano, A. M., Pomata, H., et al. (1999). Epilepsy and neuropsychological outcome after surgery in children with Rasmussen's encephalitis. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 85
Yacubian, E. M., Rosemberg, S., Jorge, C. I., et al. (1999). Pathological variability in a series of 17 patients with Rasmussen's syndrome. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 57–8

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Armon, C., Paul, R. G., Miller, P., et al. (1991). Valproate induced hearing impairment: active ascertainment in an epilepsy clinic population and result of therapeutic intervention. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 8
Ben-Manachem, E. (1999). History and theories of action. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Orlando, FL, 1999
Browne, T. R. (1970). Drug therapy, clonzepam. N. Engl. J. Med. 299: 212–15
Chelune, G. J., Naugle, R. I. & Luders, H. (1991). Prediction of cognitive change as a function of preoperative ability status among temporal lobectomy patients seen at 6-month follow-up. Neurology 41: 399–404
Cranford, J. L., Kennalley, T., Svoboda, W., et al. (1996). Changes in central auditory rocessing following temporal lobotomies in children. J. Am. Acad. Audiol. 7: 289–95
Crone, N. E., Vining, E. P. G., Lesser, R. P., et al. (1992). A bilateral (mixed) language dominance: effects of corpus callosotomy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 27
Davies, K. G., Maxwell, R. E., Beniak, T. E., et al. (1995). Language function after temporal lobectomy without stimulation mapping of cortical function. Epilepsia 36: 130–46
De Bode, S., Curtiss, S. & Methern, G. W. (2000). Hemispherectomy: integrity of the remaining hemisphere as a predictor of language outcome. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 138
Devinsky, O., Perrine, K., Hirsch, J., et al. (2000). Relation of cortical language distribution and cognitive functions in surgical epilepsy patients. Epilepsia 41: 400–404
Devinsky, O., Perrine, K. & Llinas, R. (1993). Anterior temporal language areas in patients with early onset of temporal lobe epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 34: 727–32
Dogali, M., Devinsky, O., Luciano D., et al. (1992). Experiences with multiple subpial cortical transections for the control of intractable epilepsy in exquisite cortex. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 100
Fried, I. (1999). Non-resective strategies: stimulation and disconnection. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Orlando, FL, 1999
Frost, M. (1999). The epilepsy team approach to implantation. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Orlando, FL, 1999
Gates, J. (1999). Alternative to surgery if latter not possible. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, Orlando, FL, 1999
Gottschalk, L. A. S. (1977). Effects of certain benzodiazepine derivatives on disorganization of thoughts as manifest in speech. Curr. Ther. Res. 21: 192–206
Gottschalk L. A., Elliot, H. W., Bates, D. E., et al. (1972). Content analysis of speech samples to determine effect of lorazepam on anxiety. Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 13: 323–8
Henry, D. & Browne, M. (1987). Language and auditory processing deficits. Presented at the S. F.ancis Epilepsy Symposium, Wichita, KS, 1987
Hermann, B. & Wyler, A. (1988). Effects of anterior temporal lobectomy on language functions: a controlled study. Ann. Neurol. 23: 585–8
Hermann, B., Beghi, E., Besag, F. M. C., et al. (2001). Panel discussion 2. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 28
Karageorgiou, C., Kontogianni, B. & Tagaris, G. (1991). Brainstem auditory evoked potentials in epileptics patients receiving long-term valproate monotherapy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 27
Langfitt, J. T. & Rausch, R. (1996). Word-finding deficits persist after left anterior temporal lobectomy. Arch. Neurol. 53: 72–6
Lendt, M., Helmstaedtet, C. & Elger, C. E. (1999). Pre- and postoperative neuropsychological profiles in children and adolescents with temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 40: 1543–50
Loring, D. W. & Meador, K. J. (2001). Cognitive and behavior effects of epilepsy treatment. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 8): 24–32
Loring, D. W., Meador, K. J., Martin, R. C. & Lee, G. P. (1988). Language deficits following unilateral temporal lobectomy. J. Clin. Exp. Neuropsychol. 11: 41
Mandelbaum, D. E., Kugler, S. L., Wenger, E. C., et al. (2001). Clinical experience with levetiracetam and Zonisamide in children with uncontrolled epilepsy. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 183
Mervaala, E., Kalviainen, R., Kjnononen, M., et al. (1993). Vigabatrin and carbamazepine monotherapy does not impair cognitive functions in event-related potentials. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 95
Milner, B. (1975). Psychological aspects of focal epilepsy and its neurosurgical management. In Advances in Neurology, ed. D. P., Purpura, J. R. Penry & R. D. Walter, Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press
Morales, A., Verhulst, S., Faingold, C. L., et al. (1992). Absence epilepsy: brainstem auditory evoked responses (BAERs) before and during treatment. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 63
Morrell, F., Whisler, W. W., Smith, M. C., et al. (1992). Clinical outcome in Landau-Kleffner Syndrome treated by multiple subpial transection. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 100
Ojemann, L. M., Crawford, C. A., Dodrill, C. B., et al. (1999). Language disturbances as a side effect of Topiramate and Zonisamide therapy. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 66
Rayport, M., Ferguson, S. M. & Corrie, W. S. (1984). AES Society Proceedings. Epilepsia 25: 5
Rayport, M., Ferguson, S. M. & Schell, C. A. (1991). Long-term outcomes after corpus callosum section: neurosurgical, neurological, neuropsychiatric and neuropsychological aspects. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 89
Saykin, A. J., Stafiniak, P. & Robinson, L. J. (1995). Language before and after temporal lobectomy: specificity of acute changes and relation to early risk factors. Epilepsia 36: 1071–7
Shafrir, Y. (1999). Loss of speech in 2 patients with excellent seizure control on Ketogenic diet. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 124
Speer, J., Quiske, A., Altenmuller, D. M., et al. (2001). Unsuspected atypical hemisphere dominance for language as determined by fMRI. Epilepsia 42: 957–9
Szabo, A. & Wyllie, E. (1993). Intracarotid amobarbital testing for language and memory dominance in children. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 31
Trenerry, M. R., Westerveld, M. & Meador, K. (1995). MRI hippocampal volume and neuropsychology in epilepsy surgery. Magn. Reson. Imaging 13: 1125–32
Williams, J. & Rausch, H. R. (1991). Factors in children that predict memory performance on the intracarotid amobarbital procedure. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 70
Wilson, A., Petty, R., Perry, A. & Rose, F. C. (1983). Paroxysmal language disturbance in an epileptic treated with clobazam. Neurology 33: 652–4

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aktekin, B., Ozkaynak, S., Oguz, Y., et al. (1999) Short term effects of antiepileptic drugs on P300 in patients with epilepsy. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 124
Armon, C., Paul, R. G., Miller, P., et al. (1991). Valproate induced hearing impairment: active ascertainment in an epilepsy clinic population and result of therapeutic intervention. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 8
Bradford, L. J. (1980). Understanding and assessing communicative disorders in children. J. Dev. Behav. Pediatr. 1: 89–95
Haan, J. & Schulz, G. A. (1991). Cognitive evoked potentials in complex partial and generalized epilepsies. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 117
Karageorgiou, C., Kontogianni, B. & Tagaris G. (1991). Brainstem auditory evoked potentials in epileptics patients receiving long-term valproate monotherapy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 27
Mervaala, E., Kalviainen, R., Kjnononen, M., et al. (1993). Vigabatrin and carbamazepine monotherapy does not impair cognitive functions in event-related potentials. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 95
Morales, A., Verhulst, S., Faingold, C. L., et al. (1992). Absence epilepsy: brainstem auditory evoked responses (BAERs) before and during treatment. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 63
Syrigou-Papavasiliou, A., LeWitt, P. A., Green, V., et al. (1985). P300 and temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 26: 528

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Henry, D. & Browne, M. (1987). Language and auditory processing deficits. Presented at the St Francis Epilepsy Symposium, Wichita, KS, 1987

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Alajouanine, T. & Lhermitte, F. (1965). Acquired aphasia in children. Brain 88: 653–62
Beitman, J. H. (1985). Speech and language impairment and psychiatric risk: toward a model of neurodevelopmental immaturity. Psychiatr. Clin. North Am. 8: 721–36
Cantwell, D. P., Baker, L. & Mattison, R. E. (1980). Psychiatric disorders in children with speech and language retardation. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 37: 423–6
Cantwell, D. P., Baker, L. & Mattison, R. (1981). Prevalence, type and correlates of psychiatric diagnoses in 200 children with communication disorders. J. Dev. Behav. Pediatr. 2: 131–5
Caulfield, M. B., Fischel, J. E., DeBaryshe, B. D. et al. (1989). Behavioral correlates of developmental expressive language disorders. J. Abnorm. Child Psychol. 17: 187–201
Chess, S. & Rosenberg, M. (1974). Clinical differentiation among children with initial language complaints J. Autism Child. Schizophr. 4: 99–109
Gordon, N. (1991). The relationship between language and behavior. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 33: 86–9
Gualtieri, C. T., Koriath, U., Van Bourgondien, M. et al. (1983). Language disorders in children referred for psychiatric services. J. Am. Acad. Child Psychiatry 22: 165–77
Richman, N., Stevenson, J. E. & Graham, P. J. (1983). The relationship between language development and behavior. In Epidemiological Approaches in Child Psychiatry, ed. M. W. Schmidt & H. Remschmidt. New York: Thieme-Stratton

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aldenkamp, A. P. (1983). Epilepsy and learning behavior. In Advances in Epileptology: The XIVth International Epilepsy Symposium, ed. M. Parsonage, R. H. E. Grant, A. G. Craig & A. A. Ward, Jr, pp. 221–9. New York: Raven Press
Aldenkamp, A. P. (1987). Learning disabilities in epilepsy. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 21–38. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Bailet, L. L. & Turk, W. R. (2000). The impact of childhood epilepsy on neurocognitive and behavioral performance. A prospective longitudinal study. Epilepsia 41: 426–31
Beaumont, M. (1987). Epilepsy and Learning: Understanding the Learning Difficulties Experienced by Children with Epilepsy. Melbourne: National Epilepsy Association of Australia
Bennett-Levy, J. & Stores, G. (1984). The nature of cognitive dysfunction in schoolchildren with epilepsy. Acta. Neurol. Scand. 69 (suppl 99): 79–82
Blennow, G., Heijbel, J., Sandstedt, P., et al. (1990). Discontinuation of antiepileptic drugs in children who have outgrown epilepsy: effects on cognitive function. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 50–53
Brittain, H. (1980). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behavior, eds. B. M. Kulig, H. Meiinardi & G. Stores, pp. 2–13. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Cavazutti, G. B. (1980). Epidemiology of different types of epilepsy in school-age children of Modena, Italy. Epilepsia 21: 57–62
Commission for the Control of Epilepsy and Its Consequences (1977–8). Plan for Nationwide Action on Epilepsy. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke
Cornaggia, C. M. & Gobbi, G. (2001). Learning disability in epilepsy: definitions and classification. In Epilepsy and Learning Disabilities, ed. I. Ayala, G. F. M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 2–5
Dodrill, C. B. (1987). Aspects of antiepileptic treatment in children. Epilepsia 29: (suppl 3) 10–14
Fairwether, H. & Hutt, S. J. (1969). Interrelationship of EEG activity and information processing on paced and self-paced tasks in epileptic children. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 27: 701–10
Green, J. B. & Hartlage, I. C. (1971). Comparative performance of epileptic and non-epileptic children and adolescents. Dis. Nerv. System 32: 418–21
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Holdsworth, H. & Whitemore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. l: their seizure patterns, progress and behaviors in school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–58
Kupke, T. & Lewis, R. (1985). WAIS and neuropsychological tests, common and unique variance within an epileptic population. J. Clin. Exp. Neuropsychol. 7: 353–66
Long, C. G. & Moore, J. R. (1979). Parental expectations for their epileptic children. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 20: 299–312
Mellor, D. H. & Lowint, I. (1977). Study of intellectual function in children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. In Epilepsy: Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 291–304. New York: Raven Press
Oxley, J. & Stores, G. (eds.) (1987). Epilepsy and Education. London: Medical Tribune Group
Pazzaglia, P. & Frank-Pazzaglia, I. (1976). Record in grade school of pupils with epilepsy: an epidemiological study. Epilepsia 17: 361–6
Reynolds, E. H. (1985). Antiepileptic drugs and psychopathology. In The Psychopharmacology of Epilepsy, ed. M. R. Trimble, pp. 49–65. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Rodin, E. A. Rennick, P., Dennerill, R., et al. (1972). Vocational and educational problems of epileptic patients. Epilepsia 13: 149–60
Ross, E. A. & Tookey, P. (1988). Educational needs and epilepsy in childhood. In Epilepsy, Behavior and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. M. Reynolds, pp. 87–97. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Rugland, A. L. (1990). Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 41–44
Rutter, M. Graham, P. & Yule, W. A. (1970). A neuropsychiatric study in childhood. Clin. Dev. Med. 3: 237–55
Seidenberg, M., Beck, N., Geisser, M., et al. (1986). Academic achievement of children with epilepsy. Neurology 26: 753–9
Smith, M. L., Elliott, I. M. & Lach, L. (2002). Cognitive skills in children with intractable epilepsy: comparison of surgical and nonsurgical candidates. Epilepsia 46: 621–7
Stores, G. (1973). Studies of attention and seizure disorders. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 15: 376–82
Stores, G. (1978). Schoolchildren with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1981). Memory impairment in children with epilepsy. Acta. Neurol. Scand. 64 (suppl 89): 21–7
Stores, G, (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized or focal epilepsy attending ordinary schools. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Suurmeijer, T. P. B. M., van DAM. A. & Blijham, M. (1978). Socialization of the child with epilepsy and school achievement. In Advances in Epileptology, ed. H. Meinardi & A. J. Rowan, pp. 40–54. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Thompson, P. J. (1987). Educational attainment in children and young people with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Education 1987, ed. J. Oxley, G. Stores, pp. 15–24. London: Medical Tribune Group
Thorbecke, R. (1987). Improving condition for the employment of people with epilepsy: environmental factors. In Epilepsy and Employment, ed. H. de Boer & J. Oxley, pp. 19–24. Heemstede: International Bureau for Epilepsy Publications
Trimble, M. R. (1990). Antiepileptic drugs, cognitive function and behavior in children: evidence from recent studies. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 4): 30–34
Verity, C. M. & Ross, E. M. (1985). Longitudinal studies of children's epilepsy. In Pediatric Perspectives on Epilepsy, ed. E. Ross & E. Reynolds, pp. 133–40. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Waxman, S. G. & Geschwind, N. (1975). The interictal behavior syndrome of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 32: 1580–86
Whitehouse, D. (1971). Psychological and neurological correlates of seizure disorders. Johns Hopkins Med. J. 129: 36–42
Wiberg, M., Blennow, G. & Polski, B. (1987). Epilepsy in the adolescence. Implications for the development of the personality. Epilepsia 28: 542–76

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Antell, S. E. & Keating, D. P. (1983). Perception of numerical invariance in neonates. Child Dev. 54: 696–701
Beaumanoir, A., Potolicchio, S. R. & Nahory, J. R. (1985). The importance of telemetric recording in the study of neuropsychological function in epileptics. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 43: 542–50
Berrant, S., Boll, T. J. & Giordani, B. (1980). Hemispheric site of epileptogenic focus: Cognitive, perceptual and psychosocial implications for children and adults. In Advances in Epileptology Ⅺth Epilepsy International Symposium, ed. R. Ganger, F. Angeleri & J. K. Penry, pp. 185–90. New York: Raven Press
Blakemore, C. B., Ettlinger, G. & Falconer, M. A. (1966). Cognitive abilities in relation to the frequency of seizures and neuropathology of the temporal lobes in man. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 29: 268–72
Bourgeois, B. F. D., Presky, A. I., Palkes, H. S., et al. (1983). Intelligence in epilepsy, a prospective study in children. Ann. Neurol. 14: 438–44
Brittain, H. (1981). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 2–12. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Camfield, P. R., Gates, R., Ronen, G., et al. (1984). Comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in epileptic children with pure right versus left temporal lobe EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 15: 122–6
Cowan, M. W. (1979). The developing brain. In The Brain, pp. 65–79. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman
Cragg, B. G. (1975). The development of synapses in the visual system of the cat. J. Comp. Neurol. 160: 147–66
Dee, H. L. & Van Allen, M. W. (1973). Speed of decision making processes in patients with unilateral disease. Arch. Neurol. 28: 163–6
Dennerll, R. D. (1964). Prediction of unilateral brain dysfunction using Wechsler test scores. J. Consult. Psychol. 289: 278–84
Dreifuss, F. E. (1983). Pediatric Epileptology. Boston: John Wright PSG
Fedio, P. & Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Selective intellectual deficit in children with temporal lobe or centrencephalic epilepsy. Neuropsychologia 7: 287–300
Fedio, P., August, A., Sato, S., et al. (1993). Left and right brain stimulation and reversed laterality of language and spatial functions: fixed specialization versus transfer of functions. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 703
Geschwind, N. (1976). The apraxias: neural mechanisms of disorders of learned movements. Am. Sci. 53: 188–95
Golden, C. J. & Berg, C. J. (1983). Interpretation of the Luria–Nebraska battery by item interpretation: intellectual processes. Clin. Neuropsychol. 5: 23–8
Hecaen, H. (1976). Acquired aphasia in children and the ontogenesis of hemispheric function specialization. Brain Lang. 3: 114–34
Hecaen, H. & Albert, M. L. (1978). Human Neuropsychology. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Kim, Y., Royer, F., Bontele, C., et al. (1988). Temporal sequencing of verbal and nonverbal materials: The effects of laterality of lesion. Cortex 16: 135–43
Kirk, S. & Kirk, W. (1971). Psycholinguistic Learning Disabilities: Diagnosis and Remediation. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press
Ladavas, E., Umnila, C. & Provincialli, I. (1979). Hemispheric dependent cognitive performance in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 20: 493–502
Lesser, R. P., Luders, H., Wylie, E., et al. (1986). Mental deterioration in epilepsy. Epilepsia 27 (suppl 2): 105–23
McGone, J. (1977). Sex differences in the cerebral organization of verbal functions in patients with unilateral brain lesions. Brain 1000: 775–93
Piazza, D. M. (1980). The influence of sex and handedness in the hemispheric specialization of verbal and nonverbal tasks. Neurospychologia 18: 163–76
Quadfasel, A. F. & Pruyser, P. W. (1955). Cognitive deficits in patients with psychomotor epilepsy. Epilespia 4: 80–90
Seidenberg, M., O'Leary, D. S., Berent, S., et al. (1981). Changes in seizure frequency and test–retest scores on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Epilespia 22: 75–83
Stores, G. (1976). The investigation and management of school children with epilepsy. Publ. Health (London) 90: 171–7
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and learning problems. In Learning about Epilepsy, pp. 185–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Thatcher, R. W. (1997). Human frontal lobe development. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Goldman-Rakic, pp. 85–115. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Van der Vlugt, H. & Bakker, D. (1980). Lateralization of brain function in persons with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 30–35. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Yule, W. (1980). Educational achievement. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 152–8. Lisse: Swets & Zietlinger

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aldenkamp, A. P. (1983). Epilepsy and learning behavior. In Advances in Epileptology: The XIVth International Epilepsy Symposium, ed. M. Parsonage, R. H. E. Grant, A. G. Craig & A. A. Ward, Jr, pp. 221–9. New York: Raven Press
Aldenkamp, A. P. (1991). Learning disabilities in epilepsy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 25
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A. & Overweg, J. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Baird, H. W., John, E. R., Ahn., H. & Maisel, E. (1980). Neurometric evaluation of epileptic children who do well and poorly in school. Electreoncephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 48: 684–93
Ballenger, C. E., King, D. W. & Gallagher, B. B. (1983). Partial complex status epilepticus. Neurology 33: 1545–52
Bargemeister, B. B. (1962). Epilepsy. In Psychological Techniques in Neurologic Diagnosis, pp. 62–90. New York: Hoeber Medical Books
Barlow, C. F. (1978). Risk factors of infancy and childhood: interrelationship of seizure disorders and mental retardation. In Mental Retardation and Related Disorders, pp. 68–75. Philadelphia: FA Davis
Battaglia, F. M. (1998). Neuropsychological aspects of TLE in children. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 70
Besag, F. M. C. (1995). Epilepsy, learning and behavior in childhood. Epilepsia 36 (suppl 10): 58–63
Besag, F. M. C., Fowler, M. & Pool, F. (1991). Cognitive deterioration in children with epilepsy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 15
Bourgeouis, B. F. D., Prensky, A. L., Pales, H. S., Talent, B. K. & Busch, S. G. (1983). Intelligence in epilepsy: a prospective study in children. Ann. Neurol. 14: 438–44
Breier, J. I., Clark, A., Cass, J., Wheless, J. W. & Constantinou, J. E. C. (1999). Profiles of cognitive performance in TLE patients with and without learning disability. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 47–8
Brittain, H. (1980). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 2–12. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Browne, S. W. & Reynolds, E. H. (1981). Cognitive impairments in epileptic patients. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, eds. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 147–63. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Chaudhry, M. R. & Pond, D. A. (1961). Mental deterioration in epileptic children. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 24: 213–20
Cheminal, R., Laurayre, P., Quisquempois, J. M., et al. (1998). Neuropsychological abnormalities in absence epilepsy. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Collins, A. L. (1951). Epileptic intelligence. J. Consult. Psychol. 15: 392–9
Collins, A. L. & Lennox, W. G. (1946). Intelligence of 300 private epileptic patients. Res. Publ. Assoc. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 26: 586–97
Corbett, J. (1981). Epilepsy and mental retardation. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 138–145. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Cornaggia, C. M. & Gobbi, G. (2001). Learning disability in epilepsy: definitions and classification. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 2–5
Diaz, J., Shain, R. J. & Bailey, B. G. (1977). Phenobarbital induced brain growth retardation in artificially reared rat pups. Biol. Neonate 32: 77–82
Dodrill, C. B. (1976). Neuropsychology. In Textbook of Epilepsy, ed. J. Laidlaw & A. Richens, Vol. II, pp. 282–91. London: Churchill Livingstone
Engel, J., Brown, W. J., Kuhl, D. E., et al. (1982). Pathology findings underlying focal temporal lobe hypometabolism in partial epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 12: 512–28
Fedio, P. O. & Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Selective intellectual deficits in children with temporal lobe or centrencephalic epilepsy. J. Neuropsychol. 7: 287–300
Ford, C. A., Gibson, P. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1983). Psychological considerations in childhood epilepsy. In Pediatric Epileptology, ed. F. Dreifuss, pp. 277–95. Boston: John Wright PSG
Gerson, I. M., Barnes, T. C., Mannino, A., Fanning, J. M. & Burns, J. J. (1972). EEG of children with various learning problems. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 33: 170–77
Green, J. B. & Hartlage, L. C. (1971). Comparative performance of epileptic and non-epileptic children and adolescents. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 32: 418–21
Halstead, H. (1957). Abilities and behavior of epileptic children. J. Ment. Sci. 103: 28–47
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–58
Holmes, G. L. (1987). Psychosocial Factors in Childhood Epilepsy, pp. 112–24. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Holmes, M. D., Dodrill, C. B., Wilkus, R. J., Ojemann, L. M. & Ojemann, G. A. (1998). Is partial epilepsy progressive? Ten year follow-up of EEG and neuropsychological changes in adults with partial seizures. Epilepsia 39: 189–93
Holmes, G. L., Sarkisian, M., Ben-Ari, Y. & Chevassus-Au-Louis, N. (1999). Effects of recurrent seizures in the developing brain. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 263–76. London: John Libbey & Co
Ives, L. A. (1970). Learning difficulties in children with epilepsy. Br. J. Disord. Commun. 5: 77–84
Kanazawa, O., Yoshino, M., Sasagawa, M., et al. (2000). VIQ-PIQ discrepancies in partial epilepsy on the relation to lateralities of focal MRI lesions, P3 peaks and focal spikes. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 9): 64
Kaufman, K. R. & Katz-Garris, L. (1974). Epilepsy mental retardation and anticonvulsant therapy. Am. J. Ment. Defic. 84: 256–9
Keating, L. E. (1960). A review of the literature on the relationship of epilepsy and intelligence in school children. J. Ment. Sci. 15: 1042–59
Keith, H. M., Ewert, J. C., Green, M. W., et al. (1955). Mental status of children with convulsive disorders. Neurology 5: 419–25
Klove, H. & Matthews, C. G. (1974). Neuropsychological studies of patients with epilepsy. In Clinical Neuropsychology: Current Status and Applications, ed. R. M. Reitan & L. A. Davidson, pp. 237–67. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Knight, E. S., Oxbury, J. M., Middleton, J. A. & Oxbury, S. M. (1998). Cognitive function after temporal lobe epilepsy surgery (TLES) for dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor (DNET) in children aged >6years. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 119
Lennox, W. G. & Lennox, M. E (1960). Epilepsy and Related Disorders. London: Churchill Livingstone
Lesser, R. P., Luders, H., Wyllie, E., Dinner, D. S. & Morris, H. H. (1986). Mental deterioration in epilepsy. Epilepsia 27 (suppl 2): 105–23
Long, C. G. & Moore, J. R. (1979). Parental expectations for their epileptic children. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 20: 299–312
McNelis, A. M., Austin, J. K., Dunn, D. W., Rose, D. & Creasy, K. (2000). Academic achievement in children with new-onset seizures. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 238
Mellor, D. H. & Lowit, I. (1977). A study of intellectual function in children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. In Epilepsy: Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 291–4. New York: Raven Press
Milner, B. (1975). Psychological aspects of focal epilepsy and its neurosurgical management. Adv. Neurol. 8: 299–321
Moe, P. (1971). Spike wave stupor. Am. J. Dis. Child 121: 307–13
Morgan, A. M. B. & Groh, C. (1980). Visual perceptual deficits in young children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 169–71. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Muszkat, M., Ggorz-Reinhard, A. M., Masuko, A., et al. (1991). Neuropsychological performance in children with partial, non-lesional epilepsy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 24
Neyes, L. G. J., Aldenkamp, A. P. & Meinardi, H. M. (1999). Prospective follow-up of intellectual development in children with recent onset of epilepsy. Epilepsy Res. 34: 85–90
O'Donohoe, N. V. (1979). Mental handicap and epilepsy. In Epilepsies of Childhood, pp. 143–6. London: Butterworth
Onuma, T. (2000). Classification of psychiatric symptoms in patients with epilepsy. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 9): 43–8
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Normal, R. (1966). Biological factors in temporal lobe epilepsy: intelligence. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine, pp. 62–71. London: Heinemann
Palkes, H. S., Prensky, A. L., Bourgeois, B. F. D., Talent, B. K. & Busch, S. G. (1982). Intelligence of epileptic children: a prospective study. Ann. Neurol. 12: 2–6
Pazzaglia, P. & Frank-Pazzaglia, I. (1976). Record in grade school of pupils with epilepsy: an epidemiological study. Epilepsia 17: 361–6
Piccirilli, M., D'Alessandro, P., Tiacci, C. & Ferroni, A. (1988). Language lateralization in children with benign partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 29: 19–25
Pond, D. A. (1974). Epilepsy and personality disorders. In Handbook of Clinical Neurology, ed. P. Vinken and G. Bruyn, Vol. 15, pp. 576–92. New York: Elsevier
Porter, R. J., Penry, J. K. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1973). Responsiveness at the onset of spike-wave bursts. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 34: 239–45
Prensky, A. L., DeVivo, D. C. & Palkes, H. (1971). Severe bradykinesia as a manifestation of toxicity to antiepileptic medications. J. Pediatr. 78: 700–704
Reitan, R. M. (1974). Psychological testing of epileptic patients. In Handbook of Clinical Neurology, ed. P. J. Vinken & G. W. Bruyn, Vol. 15, pp. 559–75. New York: Elsevier
Reynolds, E. H. (1981). The management of seizures associated with psychological disorders. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 322–36. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Richardson, E. A., Killer, H., Katz, M. & McLaren, J. (1981). A functional classification of seizures and its distribution in a mentally retarded population. Am. J. Ment. Def. 85: 457–66
Riva, D., Zorzi, C., Devoti, M. & Pantaleoni, C. (1991). Hemispheric prevalence on dichotic verbal tasks in children with functional epilepsy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 15
Rodin, E. A. (1968). The Prognosis of Patients with Epilepsy. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Rodin, E. A., Rennick, P., Dennerill, R. & Yin, Y. (1972). Vocational and educational problems of epileptic patients. Epilepsia 13: 149–60
Rodin, E. A., Schmaltz, S. & Twirty, G. (1986). Intellectual functions of patients with childhood-onset epilepsy, Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 28: 25–33
Ross, E. A. & Tookey, P. (1988). Educational needs and epilepsy in childhood. In Epilepsy, Behaivor and Cognitve Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. M. Reynolds, pp. 87–97. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Ross, E. A. & West, P. B. (1978). Achievement and problems of British eleven year olds with epilepsy. In Advances in Epileptology, Psychology, Pharmacotherapy and New Diagnostic Approaches, ed. H. Meinardi & A. J. Rowan. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Rutter, M. (1977). Brain-damage syndromes: I Childhood: Concepts and findings. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatr. 18: 1–21
Rutter, M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. (1970). A neuropsychiatric study in childhood. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine, pp. 237–55. London: Spastics Society and Heinemann
Seidenberg, M., Beck, N., Geisser, M., et al. (1985). Academic achievement of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 26: 540
Seidenberg, M., Beck, N., Geisser, M., et al. (1986). Academic achievement of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 27: 753–9
Seidenberg, M., O'Leary, D. S., Berent, S. & Bell, T. (1981). Changes in seizure frequency and test-retest scores on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Epilepsia 22: 75–83
Sidtis, J. J., Volpe, B. T., Wilson, D. N., Rayport, M. & Gazzaniga, M. S. (1981). Variability in right hemisphere language function after callosal section: evidence for a continuum of generative capacity. J. Neurosci. 1: 323–31
Sillanpaa, M. (1973). Medico-social prognosis of children with epilepsy. Acta. Paediatr. Scand. Suppl. 237: 6–114
Stores, G. (1976a). Behavioural effects of anti-epileptic drugs. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 17: 647–58
Stores, G. (1976b). The investigation and management of school children with epilepsy. Publ. Health, London 90: 171–7
Stores, G. (1978). Schoolchildren with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized and focal epilepsy attending ordinary school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Suurmeijer, T. P. B. M., van DAM, A. & Blijham, M. (1978). Socialization of the child with epilepsy and school achievement. In Advances in Epileptology, ed. H. Meinardi & A. J. Rowan, pp. 40–54. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and Learning Problems. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 186–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Tarter, R. E. (1972). Intellectual and adaptive functioning in epilepsy. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 33: 763–70
Tenny, J. W. (1955). Epileptic children I Detroit's special school program, a study. Exceptional Children 21: 162–7
Thompson, P. J. (1983). Phenytoin and psychosocial development. In Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Pediatrics, P. Morselli, C. E. Pippinger & J. K. Penry, pp. 193–200. New York: Raven Press
Thompson, P. J. (1987). Educational attainment in children and young people with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Education 1987, ed. J. Oxley & G. Stores, pp. 15–24, London: Medical Tribune Group
Thorbecke, R. (1987). Improving condition for the employment of people with epilepsy: environmental factor. In Epilepsy and Employment, ed. H. de Boer & J. Oxley, pp. 19–24. Heemstede: International Bureau for Epilepsy Publications
Trimble, M. R. (1990). Antiepileptic drugs, cognitive function and behavior in children: evidence from recent studies. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): a30–35
Trimble, M. R., Thompson, P. J. & Huppert, F. (1980). Anticonvulsant drugs and cognitive abilities. In Advances in Epileptology: Ⅺth Epilepsy International Symposium, ed. R. Conger, F. Angeleri & J. K. Penry, pp. 199–204. New York: Raven Press
Vargha-Kahdem, F. (2001). Generalized versus selective cognitive impairments resulting from brain damage sustained in childhood. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 37–40
Waxman, S. G. & Geschwind, N. (1975). The interictal behavior syndrome of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 32: 1580–86
Whitehouse, D. (1971). Psychological and neurological correlates of seizure disorders. Johns Hopkins Med. J. 129: 36–42
Whitehouse, D. (1976). Behavior and learning problems in epileptic children. Behav. Neuropsychiatry 7: 23–9
Wilkus, R. J. & Dodrill, C. B. (1976). Neuropsychological correlates of the electroencephalogram in epileptics. I. Topographic distribution and average rate of epileptiform activity. Epilepsia 17: 89–100
Wirrell, E. & Barnard, C. (1999). Status epilepticus in children: developmental deterioration and exacerbation of epilepsy. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 69
Wunsche, W., Todt, H., Gamnitzer, B. & Lorenz, K. (1977). Untersuchung der Schullestungen bei kindern mit cerebralen anfeallsleiden. Arztl. Jungendkunde 68: 305–19
Zimmerman, F. T., Burgmeister, B. & Putnam, T. (1984). The ceiling effect of glutamic acid upon intelligence in children and adolescents. Am. J. Psychiatry 104: 593

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aicardi, J. (1988). Epileptic syndromes in childhood. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3) 1–5
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Andrews, D. G., Bullen, J. G., Tomlinson, L., et al. (1986). A comparative study of the cognitive effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine in new referrals with epilepsy. Epilepsia 27: 128–34
Babb, T. I., Jann Brown, W., Pretorius, J., et al. (1984). Temporal lobe volumetric cell densities in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 25: 729–40
Baratz, R. & Mesulam, M.-M. (1982). Adult onset stuttering treated with anticonvulsants. Arch. Neurol. 38: 132
Barlow, C. F. (1978). Risk factors of infancy and childhood: interrelationship fo seizure disorders and mental retardation. In Mental Retardation and Related Disorders, pp. 68–75. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis
Battaglia, F. M. (1998). Neuropsychological aspects of TLE in children. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 70
Baxendale, S. A., van Paesschen, W., Thompson, P. J., et al. (1998). The relationship between quantitative MRI and neuropsychological functioning in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 39: 158–66
Beaumnoir, A. (1985). The Landau–Kleffner syndrome. In Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, ed. J. Roger, C. Dravet, M. Bureau, F. E. Dreifuss & P. Wolf, pp. 181–91. London: John Libbey
Beaumanoir, A., Baltis, T., Varfis, G., et al. (1964). Benign epilepsy of childhood with Rolandic spikes. Epilepsia 15: 301–15
Benninger, C. K. Lipinski, C. G. & Scheffner, D. (1983). Intellectual development, school and vocational success in patients suffering from absence epilepsy in childhood. Presented at the 15th Epilepsy International Symposium, Washington, DC
Berges, J., Harrison, A., Lairy, G. C., et al. (1968). L'EEG del enfant dyspraxique. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophsyiol. 25: 208–20
Berkovic, S. F., Kuzniecky, R. I. & Andermann, F. (1997). Human epileptogenesis and hypothalamic hamartomas: New lesions from an experiment of nature. Epilepsia 38: 1–3
Besag, F. C. (2001). Treatment of state-dependent learning disabilities. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 46–9
Binnie, C. D. (1980). Deterioration of transitory cognitive impairments during epileptiform EEG discharges; problems in clinical practice. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. R. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 91–7. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Binnie, C. D. (1988). Seizures, EEG discharges and cognition. In Epilepsy, Behaivor and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 45–51. London: John Wiley & Sons
Binnie, C. D., Channon, S. & Marston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: Neurophysiological aspects. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 2–8
Binnie, C. D., Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. A., Smit, A. M., et al. (1987). Interactions of epileptiform EEG discharges and cognition. Epilepsy Res. 1: 239–45
Blennow, G., Heijbel, J., Sandstedt, P., et al. (1990). Discontinuation of antiepileptics. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 50–53
Blume, W. T., David, R. B. & Gomez, M. R. (1973). Generalized sharp and slow wave complexes associated clinical features and long-term follow-up. Brain 98: 289–308
Boatman, D. F., Cronse, N. E., Lesser, R. P., et al. (1992). The localization of speech perception processes using direct cortical electrical interference and electrocorticography. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 119–20
Bradford, L. J. (1980). Understanding and assessing communicative disorders in children. Dev. Behav. Pediatr. 1: 89–95
Bray, P. F. (1962). Temporal lobe syndromes in children. Pediatrics 70: 517–38
Breier, J. I., Clark, A., Cass, J., et al. (1999). Profiles of cognitive performance in TLE patients with and without learning disability. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 47–8
Brittain, H. (1980). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behavior, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meiinardi & G. Stores, pp. 2–13. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Brown, W. S. & Reynolds, E. H. (1981). Cognitive impairments in epileptic patients. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 147–63. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Browne, T. R., Penry, S. K., Porter, R., et al. (1974). Responsiveness before, during and after spike-wave paroxysms. Neurology 24: 659–65
Camfield, P. R., Gates, R., Ronen, G., et al. (1984). Comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in epileptic children with pure right versus left temporal lobe EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 15: 122–6
Cavazzuti, G. B., Ferrari, P. & Lalla, M. (1984). Follow-up study of 482 cases with convulsive disorders in the first year of life. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 26: 425–37
Chang, Y. C., Guo, N. W., Huang, C. C., et al. (2000). Neurocognitive attention and behavior outcome of school age children with a history of febrile convulsions. A population study. Epilepsia 41: 412–20
Chastrain, G. E., Lettsich, E., Miller, L. H., et al. (1970). Pattern sensitive epilepsy: part 2. Clinical changes, tests of responsiveness and motor output, alterations of evoked potentials and therapeutic measures. Epilepsia 11: 151–62
Cheminal, R., Laurayre, P., Quisquempois, J. M., et al. (1998). Neuropsychological abnormalities in absence epilepsy. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Chevrie, J. J. & Aicardi, J. (1978). Convulsive disorders in the first year of life: neurological and mental outcome and mortality. Epilepsia 19: 47–67
Commission for the Control of Epilepsy and Its Consequences. (1977). Prevention related to febrile convulsions. In Plan for Nationwide Action on Epilepsy, Vol. IIIB, pp. 256–68. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke
Croona, C., Kihlgren, M., Lundberg, S., et al. (1998). Neuropsychologic findings in children with benign childhood epilepsy with centrotemporal spikes. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 18
Dam, M. (1990). Children with epilepsy: the effect of seizures, syndromes and etiological factors on cognitive functioning. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 26–9
Davies-Eyesneck, M. (1952). Cognitive factors in epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 15: 39–44
Delaney, R. C., Rosen, A. J., Mattson, R. H., et al. (1980). Memory function in focal epilepsy; a comparison of non-surgical unilateral temporal lobe and frontal lobe samples. Cortex 6: 103–17
Denman, S. B. & Wanamaker, B. B. (1983). Neuropsychological memory scale in temporal lobe epileptic patients. Epilepsia 24: 258
Deonna, T. (1999). Developmental consequences of epilepsies in infancies. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 113–22. London: John Libbey & Co
Dikmen, S. (1980). Neuropsychological aspects of epilepsy. In A Multidisciplinary Handbook of Epilepsy, ed. B. P. Hermann, pp. 236–73. Springfield, IL: Chas. C. Thomas
Dikmen, S., Matthews, C. G. & Harley, J. P. (1975). The effect of early versus late onset of major motor epilepsy upon cognitive-intellectual performance. Epilepsia 16: 73–81
Dikmen, S., Matthews, C. G. & Harley, J. P. (1977). Effects of early versus late onset of major motor epilepsy on cognitive-intellectual performance: further considerations. Epilepsia 18: 31–6
Dodrill, C. B. (1976). Neuropsychology. In Textbook of Epilepsy, ed. J. Laidlow & A. Reichens, Vol. II, pp. 282–91. London: Churchill Livingstone
Dodrill, C. B. (1978). A neuropsychological battery for epilepsy. Epilepsia 19: 611–23
Dodrill, C. B. (1986). Correlates of generalized tonic–clonic seizures with intellectual, neuropsychological, emotional and social functioning in patients with epilepsy. Epilepsia 27: 399–411
Dravet, C. (1999). The Lennox–Gastaut syndrome: from baby to adolescent. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 103–12 London: John Libbey & Co
Dreifuss, F. (1983). Pediatric Epileptology. Boston, MA: John Wright PSG
Dulac, O., Chiron, C., Robain, OL., et al. (1999). Infantile spasms: a pathophysiological hypothesis. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 93–102. London: John Libbey & Co
Ellenberg, J. H., Hirtz, D. G. & Nelson, K. B. (1984). Age at onset of seizures in young children. Ann. Neurol. 15: 127–34
Ericksson, M. & Zetterstrom, R. (1979). Neonatal convulsions. Acta Paediatr. Scand. 68: 807–11
Fairweather, H. & Hutt, S. J. (1971). Some effects of performance variaibles upon generalized spike-wave activity. Brain 94: 321–6
Farwell, J. R., Dodrill, C. B., & Batzel, L. W. (1984). Neuropsychological function in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 25: 646
Farwell, J. R., Dodrill, C. B. & Batzel, L. W. (1985a). Neuropsychological abilities of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 26: 395–400
Farwell, J., Dodrill, C., Tempkins, N. & Wilkus, R. (1985b). Intellectual function in children with complex partial seizures. Ann. Neurol. 8: 229–30
Fedio, P. & Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Selective intellectual deficits in children with temporal lobe or centrencephalic epilepsy. Neuropsychology 7: 287–300
Fenwick, P. (1981). EEG studies. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 242–53. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Foerster, F. M. (1977). Epielspy evoked by higher cognitve functions: Decision making epilepsy. In Reflex Epilepsy: Behavioral Therapy and Conditioned Reflexes, pp. 124–34. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Freman, F. R., Douglas, E. F. O. & Penry, J. K. (1973). Environmental interaction and memory during petit mal (absence) seizures. Pediatrics 1: 911–18
Fremion, A., Emerson, R., Freeman, J. M., et al. (1980). Outcome of the Lennox Gastaut syndrome. Ann. Neurol. 8: 229
Fukushima, K., Kubota, H., Fujiwara, T., et al. (2001). Long-term follow-up of atypical benign partial epilepsy. Proceedings of the 33rd Congress of the Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 6): 42–6
Geller, M. & Geller, A. (1970). Brief amnestic effects of spike-wave discharges. Neurology 20: 1089–95
Gerber, M. J. Spindler, J., O'Rourke, C., et al. (1983). Anticonvulsant effects on cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Presented at the 15th Epilepsy International Symposium, Washington, DC
Giordani, B., Berent, S., Sackellares, J. C., et al. (1983). Intelligence and academic achievement in patients with partial generalized and partial secondary generalized seizures. Epilepsia 24: 258
Giordani, B., Berent, S., Sackellares, J. C., et al. (1985). Intelligence test performance of patients with partial and generalized seizures. Epilepsia 26: 37–42
Giovagnoli, A. R., Casazza, M. & Gavanzini, G. (1995). Visual learning on a selective reminding procedure and delayed recall in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 36: 704–11
Glaze, D. G., Hrachovy, R. A., Frost, J. D., et al. (1988). Prospective study of outcome of infants with infantile spasms treated during controlled studies of ACTH and prednisone. J. Pediatr. 112: 389–96
Glowinski, H. (1973). Cogntive deficits in temporal lobe epilepsy. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 157: 129–37
Goode, D. J., Penry, J. K. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1970). Effect of paroxysmal spike-wave on continuous visual-motor performance. Epilepsia 11: 241–54
Gulgonen, S., Demirbilek, V., Kormaz, B., et al. (2000). Neuropsychological functions in idiopathic occipital lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 41: 405–11
Gururaj, V. J. (1980). Febrile seizures, current concepts. Clin. Pediatr. 19: 731–8
Halgren, E. (1982). Psychological consequences of epilepsy. Presented at the 33rd Western Institute on Epilepsy Conference, Portland, OR
Hall, J. H. & Marshall, P. C. (1980). Clonazepam therapy in reading epilepsy. Neurology 30: 550–51
Halstead, H. (1957). Abilities and behavior of epileptic children. J. Ment. Sci. 103: 28–47
Heijbel, J. & Behman, M. (1975). Benign epilepsy of children with centrotemporal EEG foci: Intelligence, behavior and school adjustment. Epilepsia 16: 679–87
Hendriks, M. P. H., Jacobs, S., Aldenkamp, A. P., et al. (1998). Memory complaints and the relation with memory functions in patients with partial seizures originating form the temporal or frontal lobes. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Herman, B., Seidenberg, M., Bell, B., et al. (2002). The neurodevelopmental impact of childhood-onset temporal lobe epilepsy on brain structure and function. Epilepsia 43: 1062–71
Hermann, B. P., Schwartz, M. S., Karnes, W. E. & Vahdat, P. (1980). Psychopathology in epilepsy: relationship to seizure type and age of onset. Epilepsia 21: 15–23
Hertoft, P. (1963). The clinical, electroencephalographic and social prognosis in petit mal epilepsy. Epilepsia 4: 298–314
Hutt, S. J. & Fairweather, H. (1975). Information processing during two types of EEG activity. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 39: 43–51
Hutt, S. J. & Gilbert, S. (1980). Effects of evoked spikewave discharges upon short-term memory in patients with epilepsy. Cortex 16: 445–57
Ives, L. A. (1969). Learning difficulties in children with epilepsy. Br. J. Dis. Commun. 405: 177–84
Ives, L. A. (1970). Learning difficulties in children with epilepsy. Br. J. Dis. Commun. 5: 77–84
Jokeit, H. & Ebner, A. (1999). Long term effects of refractory temporal lobe epilepsy on cognitive abilities: a cross sectional study. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 76: 44–50
Jus, A. & Jus, K. (1962). Retrograde amnesia in petit mal. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 6: 116–71
Keating, L. E. (1960). A review of the literature on the relatinship of epilepsy and intelligence in school children. J. Ment. Sci. 105: 1042–59
Kertesz, A. (1983). Localization in Neuropsychology. New York: Academic Press
Kimura, D. (1963). Right temporal-lobe damage. Arch. Neurol. 8: 265–71
Klove, H. & Matthews, C. G. (1974). Neuropsycholgoical studies of patients with epilepsy. In Clincial Neuropsychology: Current Status and Applications, ed. R. M. Reitan & L. A. Davidson, pp. 237–66. Washington, DC: VH Winston & Sons
Koo, B. & Hwang, P. A. (1992). Developmental assessment of patients with cryptogenic and symptomatic infantile spasms. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 5
Kooi, K. A. & Hovey, H. B. (1957). Alternations in mental functions and paroxysmal cerebral activity. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 1978: 264–71
Kortenkamp, S. R. (1996). Neuropsychological correlates of subfield-specific hippocampal pathology. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Francisco, CA
Koskiniemi, M. (1974). Psycholgocial findings in progressive myoclonic epilepsy without Lafora bodies. Epilepsia 15: 537–45
Koskiniemi, M., Donner, M., Majouri, H., Haltia, M. & Norio, R. (1974). Progressive myoclonus epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 50: 307–32
Kurokawa, T., Goya, N., Fukuyama, Y., et al. (1980). West syndrome and Lennox Gastaut syndrome: a survey of natural history. Pediatrics 65: 81–8
Ladavas, E. Umnila, C. & Provincialli, I. (1979). Hemisphere dependent cognitve performance in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 20: 493–502
Lansdell, H. & Mirsky, A. F. (1964). Attention in focal and centrencephalic epilepsy. Exp. Neurol. 9: 463–9
Lerman, P. (1985). Benign partial epilepsy with centro-temporal spikes. In Epileptic Syndromes in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, ed. J. Roger, C. Dravet, M. Bureau, F. E. Dreifuss & P. Wolf, pp. 150–59. London: John Libbey
Lewinsky, R. J. (1953). The psychometric pattern. III: epilepsy. Am. J. Orthopsychiatry 17: 714–21
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C. & Richards, P. (1979). Long-term outcome in children with temproal lobe seizures. No 1: social outcome and childhood factors. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 21: 285–98
Livingston, S. (1974). Diagnosis and treatment of childhoodmyoclonic seizures. Pediatrics 53: 542–6
Logan, W. J. & Freeman, J. M. (1969). Pseudo-degenerative disease due to diphenylhydantoin intoxication. Arch. Neurol. 21: 631–7
Loiseau, P., Pestre, M., Dartigues, J. F., et al. (1983). Long-term prognosis in two forms of childhood epilepsy: typical absence seizures and epilepsy with rolandic (centrotemporal) EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 13: 642–8
Loiseau, P., Signoret, J. L., Strube, E., et al. (1982). Nouveaux procedes d'appereciation des troubles de la memoire chez les epileptiques. Rev. Neurol. 183: 387–400
Mandelbaum, D. E., Burack, G. D. & Daswani, A. A. (1993). Effects of seizure type and education on psychological functioning in epileptic children. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 72
Margerison, J. H. & Corsellis, J. A. N. (1966). Epilepsy and the temporal lobes. Brain 89: 499–530
Matsumoto, A., Watanabe, K., Negoro, T., et al. (1981). Long-term prognosis after infantile spasms: a statistical study of prognostic factors in 200 cases. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 23: 51–65
Matsumoto, A., Watanabe, K., Siguura, M., et al. (1983). Long-term prognosis of convulsive disorders in the first year of life: mental and physical development and seizure persistence. Epilepsia 24: 321–9
Matsuoka, H., Okuma, T., Oemo, T. & Saiato, H. (1986). Impairment of parietal cortical functions associated with episodic prolonged spike-and-wave discharge. Epilepsia 27: 432–6
Matsuoka, H. (2001). Neuropsychology of epilepsy. Proceedings of the 33rd Congress of the Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 6): 42–6
Matthews, C. G. & Klove, H. (1967). Differential pscyholgoical perfromacnes in major motor, psychomotor, and mixed seizure classifcation of known and unknown etiology. Epilepsia 8: 117–28
Mayeux, R., Brandt, J., Rosen, J., et al. (1980). Interictal memory and language impairment in temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurology 30: 109–25
McDaniel, J. W. & McDaniel, M. L. (1976). Visual and auditory cognitive processing affected by epilepsy. PDM 7: 38–42
McIntyre, M. B. P., Pritchard, P. B., III & Lombroso, C. T. (1976). Left and right temporal epileptics: a controlled inspecctiuon of some psychological differences. Epilepsia 17: 377–86
Meador, K. J. (2002). Cognitive outcomes and predictive factors in epilepsy. Neurology 58 (suppl 5): 21–8
Mellanby, J., Hawkins, C. & Wilks, I. (1984). The relationship between seizures and amnesia in experimental epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 99: 119–24
Mellor, D. H. & Lowint, I. (1977). Study of intellectual function in children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. In Epilepsy: Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 291–4. New York: Raven Press
Mesri, J. C. & Pagano, M. A. (1987). Reading epilepsy. Epilepsia 28: 301–4
Metz-Lutz, M. N. & Massa, R. (1999). Cognitive and behavioral consequences of epilepsies in childhood. In Childhood Epilespies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 123–34. London: John Libbey & Co
Meyer, V. & Falconer, M. A. (1960). Patterns of cognitive test performance as functions of the lateral localization of cerebral abnormalities in the temporal lobe. J. Ment. Sci. 103: 758–72
Milner, B. (1954). Intellectual function of the temporal lobe. Psychol. Bull. 51: 42–62
Milner, B. (1968a). Visual recognition and recall after right temporal-lobe excision in man. Neuropsychology 6: 191–209
Milner, B. (1968b). Disorders of memory after brain lesions in man. Neuropsychology 6: 175–9
Milner, B. (1975). Psychological aspects of focal epilepsy and its neurosurgical management. In Advances in Epilepsy: Neurosurgical Management of Epilepsies, ed. D. P. Purpura, J. R. Penry, & R. D. Walter, Vol. 8, pp. 299–321. New York: Raven Press
Milner, B. & Scoville, W. B. (1968). Loss of recent memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 20: 11–21
Mirsky, A. F. & Van Buren, J. M. (1965). On the nature of the “absence” in centrencephalic epilepsy: a study of some behavioral, electroencephalographic and autonomic factors. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 18: 334–8
Mirsky, A. F., Primac, D. W., Marsan, C. A., et al. (1960). A comparison of the psychological test performance of patients with focal and nonfocal epilepsy. Dev. Exp. Neurol. 2: 75–89
Morales, A., Kelly, D. P., Shaw, S. R., et al. (1993). Information processing during focal evoked electroencephalographic epileptiform activity. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 45
Morrell, F. (1980). Memory loss as a Todd's paralysis. Epilepsia 21: 185
Mosovich, A. (1974). The significance of epileptic seizures in infancy and childhood. S. Afr. Med. J. 48: 750–52
Mouritzen, D. A. (1982). Hippocampal neuron loss in epilepsy and after experimental seizures. Acta Neurol. Scand. 66: 601–42
Mungas, D., Cindy, F., Walton, N., et al. (1985). Verbal learning differences in epileptic patients with left and right temporal lobe foci. Epilepsia 26: 340–45
Novelly, R. A. (1982). Minimal developmental dysphasia: constraints on specificity of expressive language with early onset left hemisphere epilepsy. Epilespia 23: 430–39
O'Donohoe, N. V. (1979). Mental handicap and epilepsy. In Epilepsies of Childhood, pp. 143–6. London: Butterworth
O'Leary, D. S., Seidenberg, M., Berrent, S., et al. (1981). Effects of age of onset of tonic-clonic seizures on neuropsychological performance in children. Epilepsia 22: 197–204
Ouelette, E. M. (1974). The child who convulses with fever. Pediatr. Clin. North Am. 231: 467–81
Ounsted, C., Jutt, S. J. & Lee, D. (1963). The retrograde amnesia of petit mal. Lancet 1: 163
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. (1966). Intelligence. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine: Biological factors in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy, pp. 62–71. London: Spastics Society and Heinemann
Oxbury, S. M., Cambell, L., Baxendale, S. A., et al. (1998). Cognitive function in relation to duration of temporal lobe epilepsy (TLE) due to Ammon's Horn sclerosis. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Piccirilli, M. D., Alesandro, P., Sciarma, T., et al. (1994). Attention problems in epilepsy: possible significance of the epileptogenic focus. Epilepsia 35: 1091–6
Piccirilli, M., D'Allesandro, P., Tiacci, C. & Feronni, A. (1988). Language lateralization in children with benign partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 29: 19–25
Piras, M. R., Sechi, G. P., Mutani, R., et al. (1991). Developmental surface dyslexia in progressive myoclonic epilepsy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 25
Porter, R. J., Penry, J. K. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1973). Responsiveness at the onset of spike-wave bursts. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 34: 239–45
Powell, G. E., Polkey, C. E. & McMillan, T. (1975). The new Maudsley series of temporal lobectomy. I: short-term cognitive effects. Br. J. Clin. Psychol. 24: 109–24
Prevey, M. L., Delaney, R. C. & Mattson, R. H. (1988). Test recall in temporal lobe seizure patients (a study of adaptive memory skills). Cortex 24: 301–12
Quadfasel, A. F. & Pruyser, P. W. (1955). Cognitive deficit in patients with psychomotor epilepsy. Epilepsia 4: 80–90
Rausch, R. (1981). Lateralization of temporal lobe dysfunction and verbal encoding. Brain Lang. 12: 92–100
Rausch, R., Lieb, U. P. & Crandall, P. A. S. (1978). Neuropsychologic correlates of depth spike activity in epileptic patients. Arch. Neurol. 35: 699–705
Read, D. E. (1981). Solving deductive reasoning problems after unilateral temporal lobectomy. Brain Lang. 12: 116–27
Reitan, R. S. (1974). Psychological testing of epileptici patients. In Handbook of Clinical Neurology, ed. P. J. Vinken & G. W. Bruyn, pp. 559–75. Amsterdam: North Holland
Rener-Primec, Z. R., Tretnajak, V. G. & Kopac, S. (1999). Cognitive outcome in children with idiopathic form of West syndrome. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 163
Renier, W. O. (1987). Restrictive factors in the education of children with epilepsy from a medical point of view. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. H. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 3–14. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Rennick, P. M. Perez-Borja, C. & Rodin, E. (1969). Transient mental deficits associated with recurrent prolonged epileptic clouded state. Epilepsia 10: 397–405
Reynolds, E. H. (1985). Antiepileptic drugs and psychopathology. In The Psychopharmacology of Epilepsy, ed. M. R. Trimble, pp. 49–65. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Riga, D., Saletti, V., Collino, L., et al. (1998). Neuropsychology of frontal epileptic activity. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Rintahaka, P. J., Anattila, S. & Ylitalo, V. (1993). Prognosis of children with first febrile convulsions before 12 months. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 72
Risberg, J. & Ingvar, D. H. (1973). Patterns of activation in the grey matter of the dominant hemisphere during memorizing and reasoning. Brain 96: 737–56
Rodin, E. A., Schmaltz, S. & Twitty, G. (1986). Intellectual functions of patients with childhood-onset epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 28: 25–33
Rugland, A. L. (1990). Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 41–4
Schlack, H. G. (1980). Changes of abnormal EEG patterns during mental tasks. Epilepsia 21: 205
Schwab, R. S. (1941). The influence of visual and auditory stimuli on the electroencephalographic tracing of petit mal. Am. J. Psychiatry 97: 301–12
Schwartz, T., Ojemann, G., Haglund, M., et al. (1992). Cerebral laterzazliation of neuronal activity during naming, reading and line matching. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 120
Seidenberg, M., O'Leary, D. S., Berent, S., et al. (1981). Changes in seizure frequency and test-retest scores on the Wechlser Adult Intelligence Scale. Epilepsia 22: 75–83
Sengoku, A., Kanazawa, O., Kawai, I., et al. (1990). Visual cognitive disturbance during spike-wave discharges. Epilepsia 31: 47–50
Serafetinides, E. A. (1969). Memory for words and memory for numbers. J. Learn. Disabil. 2: 142–3
Sherwin, I. & Efron, R. (1980). Temporal ordering deficits following anterior temporal lobectomy. Brain Lang. 11: 195–203
Sidtis, J. J., Volpe, B. T., Wilson, D. N., et al. (1981). Variability in right hemisphere language function after collosal section: evidence for a continuum of generative capacity. J. Neurosci. 1: 323–31
Sillanpaa, M. (1973). Medico-social prognosis of children with epilepsy: epidemiology study and analysis of 245 patients. Acta Paediatr. Scand. Suppl. 237: 3–104
Snyder, P. J. & Blaxton, T. (1992). Impaired semantic categorization in left temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 120
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–93
Stores, G. (1973). Studies of attention and seizure disorders. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 17: 647–58
Stores, G. (1976). The investigation and management of school children with epilepsy. Publ. Health, London 9: 171–7
Stores, G. (1978). School-children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1980). EEG studies in the behavioral assessment of people with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. E. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 82–90. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. (1981). Memory impairment in children with epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 64 (suppl 89): 21–7
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lissee: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. (1990). Electroencephalographic parameters in assessing the cognitive function of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 45–9
Stores G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized or focal epilepsy attending ordinary school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Stores, G. & Piran, N. (1978). Dependency of different types in school children with epilepsy. Psychol. Med. 8: 441
Stores, G., Hart, J. & Piran, N. (1978). Inattentiveness in schoolchildren with epilepsy. Epilepsia 19: 169–75
Sullivan, E. G. & Gahagan, L. (1935). Intellgence of epileptic children. Genet. Psychol. Monogr. 17: 314–74
Swartz, B. E., Halgren, E., Daims, R., et al. (1993). Neurocognitive function in frontal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 33
Syrigou-Papavasiliou, A., LeWitt, P. A., Green, V., et al. (1985). P300 and temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 26: 528
Tarter, R. E. (1971). Intellectual and adaptive functioning in epilepsy: a review of fifty years of research. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 33: 763–70
Tizard, B. & Margerison, J. H. (1963). Psychological functioning during wave-spike discharges. Br. J. Soc. Clin. Psychol. 3: 6–15
Trimble, M. R (1988). Anticonvulsant drugs: mood and cognitive unctions. In Epilepsy, Behavior and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 135–45. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Turkdogan, D., Zaimoglul, S., Yilmaz, Z., et al. (1999). Cognitive and behavioral characteristics in children with central spikes. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 230
Wallace, S. J. (1976). Febrile fits. Br. Med. J. 1: 333–4
Wallace, S. J. & Cull, A. M. (1979). Long-term psychological outlook for children whose first fit occurs with fever. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 21: 28–40
Wasterlain, C. G., Thompson, K. W., Kornblum, H., et al. (1999). Long-term effects of recurrent seizures on the developing brain. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 237–65. London: John Libbey
Waxman, S. G. & Geschwind, N. (1975). The interictal behavior syndrome of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 32: 1580–86
Wechsler, A. F. (1973). The effect of organic brain disease on recall of emotionally charged versus neutral narrative texts. Neurology 23: 130–35
Whitehouse, D. (1971). Psychological and neurological correlates of seizures disorders. Johns Hopkins Med. J. 129: 36–42
Whitehouse, D. (1976). Behavior and learning problems in epileptic children. Behav. Neuropsychiatry 7: 23–9
Wilkus, R. J. & Dodrill, C. B (1976). Neuropsychological correlates of the electroencephalograph in epileptics: I. Topographic distribution and average rate of epileptiform activity. Epilepsia 17: 89–100
Wolf, S. M. (1979). Controversies in the treatment of febrile convulsions. Neurology 29: 287–90
Zheng, J., Okajima, H., Aikawa, H., et al. (2000). Delayed reaction time in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 9): 67
Zimmerman, F. T. Burgemeister, B. B. & Putnam, T. J. (1951). Intellectual and emotional makeup of the epileptic. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 65: 545–56

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aicardi, J. (1988). Epileptic syndromes in childhood. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3): 1–5
Aldenkamp, A. P. (1983). Epilepsy and learning behavior. In Advances in Epileptology, the XIVth Epilepsy International Symposium, ed. M. Parsonage, R. H. E. Grant, A. G. Craig & A. A. Ward, Jr, pp. 221–8. New York: Raven Press
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Babb, T. I., Jann Brown, W., Pretorius, J., et al. (1984). Temporal lobe volumetric cell densities in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 25: 729–40
Bagley, C. (1971). The Social Psychology of the Child with Epilepsy. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul
Bennett-Levy, J. & Stores, G. (1984). The nature of cognitive dysfunction in schoolchildren with epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 69 (suppl 99): 79–82
Binnie, C. D., Channon, S. & Marston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: neurophysiological aspects. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 2–8
Bourgeois, B. F. D., Prensky, A. L., Palkes, H. S., et al. (1983). Intelligence in epeilspy: a prospective study in children. Ann. Neurol. 14: 438–44
Breier, J. I., Clark, A., Cass, J., et al. (1999). Profiles of cognitive performance in TLE patients with and without learning disability. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 47–8
Brimer, R. W. & Barudin, S. L. (1981). Due process, right of education and the exceptional child: the road to equality in education. Exceptional Peoples Quarterly 39: 197
Brittain, H. (1980). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behavior, ed. B. M. Kulig & H. Meiinardi, pp. 2–13. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Brown, W. S. & Reynolds, E. H. (1981). Cognitive impairments in epileptic patients. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 147–63. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Camfield, P. R., Gates, R., Ronen, G., et al. (1984). Comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in epileptic children with pure right versus left temporal lobe EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 15: 122–6
Camfield, P. R., Ronen, G. N., Gates, R. D., et al. (1982). Temporal lobe peislpy in children: comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in children with pure right versus left EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 12: 206
Carson, M. J. & Gilden, C. (1975). Treatment of minor motor seizures with clonazepam. Dev. Med. Child. Neurol. 17: 306–10
Chaudry, M. R. & Pond, D. (1961). Mental deterioration in epileptic children. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 24: 213–91
Chevrie, J. J. & Aicardi, J. (1978). Convulsive disorders in the first year of life: neurological and mental outcome and mortality. Epilepsia 19: 67–47
Chevrie, J. J. & Aicardi, J. (1979). Convulsive disorders in the first year of life: persistence of epileptic seizures. Epilepsia 20: 643–9
Collins, A. L. (1951). Epileptic intelligence. J. Consult. Psychol. 15: 393–9
Collins, A. L. & Lennox, W. G. (1947). The intelligence of 300 private epileptic patients. Res. Publ. Assoc. Res. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 26: 586–603
Dam, M. (1990). Children with epilepsy: the effect of seizures, syndromes and etiological factors on cognitive functioning. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 26–9
DeLong, G. R. & Heinz, E. R. (1997). The clinical syndrome of early-life bilateral hippocampal sclerosis. Ann. Neurol. 42: 11–17
Dennerll, R. D. (1964). Cognitive deficits and lateral brain dysfunction in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 5: 177–91
Deonna, T. (1999). Developmental consequences of epilepsies in infancies. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 113–22. London: John Libbey
Dikmen, S. (1980). Neuropsychological aspects of epilepsy. In A Multidisciplinary Handbook of Epilepsy, ed. B. P. Hermann, pp. 236–73. Springfield, IL: Chas. C. Thomas
Dikmen, S., Matthews, C. G. & Harley J. P. (1975). The effect of early versus late onset of major motor epilepsy upon cognitive-intellectual performance. Epilepsia 16: 73–81
Dikmen, S. & Matthews, C. G. (1977). Effect of major motor seizure frequency upon cognitive-intellectual functions in adults. Epilepsia 18: 21–9
Dikmen, S. & Reitan, R. M. (1978). Neuropsychological performance in posttraumatic epilepsy. Epilepsia 19: 177–83
Dodrill, C. B. (1975). Diphenylhydantoin serum levels, toxicity and neuropsychological performance in patients with epilepsy. Epilepsia 15: 593–600
Dodrill, C. B. (1986). Correlates of generalized tonic-clonic seizures with intellectual, neuropsychological, emotional and social functioning in patients with epilepsy. Epilepsia 27: 399–411
Dodrill C. B. (1998). The effects of seizures and various AEDs on cognition in cognitive organization of the brain. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Diego, CA
Ellenberg, J. H., Hirtz, D. G. & Nelson, K. B. (1984). Age at onset of seizures in young children. Ann. Neurol. 15: 127–34
Farwell, J. R., Dodrill, C. B. & Batzel, L. W. (1984). Neuropsychological function in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 25: 646
Farwell, J. R., Dodrill, B. B. & Batzel, L. W. (1985). Neuropsychological abilities of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 26: 395–400
Farwell, J, Dodrill, C., Tempkins, N. & Wilkus, R. (1980). Intellectual function in children with complex partial seizures. Ann. Neurol. 8: 229–30
Fitzhugh, K. B., Fitzhugh, L. C. & Reitan, R. M. (1961). Psychological deficits in relation to acuteness of brain dysfunction. J. Consult. Psychol. 25: 61–6
Ford, C. A., Gibson, P. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1983). Psychosocial considerations childhood epilepsy. In Pediatric Epileptology, ed. F. Dreifuss, pp. 277–95. Boston, MA: John Wright PSG Inc
Glaser, G. J. (1967). Limbic epilepsy in childhood. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 144: 391–7
Glowinski, H. (1973). Cognitive deficits in temporal lobe epilepsy. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 157: 129-37
Gulgonen, S., Demirbilek, V., Kormaz, B., et al. (2000). Neuropsychological functions in idiopathic occipital lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 41: 405–11
Halstead, H. (1957). Abilities and behavior of epileptic children. J. Ment. Sci. 103: 28–47
Heijbel, J. & Behman, M. (1975). Benign epilepsy of children with centrotemporal EEG foci: intelligence, behavior and school adjustment. Epilepsia 16: 679–87
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Hermann, B. P., Schwartz, M. S., Karnes, W. E., et al. (1980). Psychopathology in epilepsy: relationship to seizure type and age of onset. Epilepsia 21: 15–23
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools, I: their seizure patterns, progress and behavior in schools. Dev. Med. Child. Neurol. 16: 746–58
Holmes, G. L. (2001). Pathogenesis of learning disabilities in epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 1): 13–18
Jokeit, H. & Ebner, A. (1999). Long term effects of refractory temporal lobe epilepsy on cognitive abilities: a cross sectional study. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 76: 44–50
Keating, L. E. (1960). A review of the literature on the relationship of epilepsy and intelligence in school children. J. Ment. Sci. 105: 1042–59
Keith, H. M., Ewert, J. C., Green, M. W. & Gage, R. P. (1955). Mental status of children with convulsive disorders. Neurology 5: 287–92
Klove, H. (1980). Neuropsychological consequences of epilepsy. Epilepsia 21: 189–94
Klove, H. & Matthews, C. G. (1967). Differential psychological performance in major motor, psychomotor and mixed seizure classification of known and unknown etiology. Epilepsia 8: 117–28
Klove, H. & Matthews, C. G. (1974). Neuropsycholgoical studies of patients with epilepsy. In Clincial Neuropsychology: Current Status and Applications, ed. R. M. Reitan & L. A. Davidson, pp. 237–66. Washington, DC: VH Winston & Sons
Klove, H. & White, P. T. (1961). The relationships of degree of electroencephalographic abnormality to the distribution of Wechlser Bellevue scores. Neurology 13: 423–30
Knight, E. S., Oxbury, J. M., Middleton, J. A., et al. (1998). Cognitive function after temporal lobe epilepsy surgery (TLES) for dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor (DNET) in children aged 6 years. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 119
Koskiniemi, M., Donner, M., Majouri, H., et al. (1974). Progressive myoclonus epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 50: 307–32
Kurokawa, T., Goya N., Fukuyama, Y., et al. (1980). West syndrome and Lennox Gastaut syndrome: a survey of natural history. Pediatrics 65: 81–8
Ladavas, E., Umnila, C. & Provincialli, I. (1979). Hemisphere dependent cognitve performance in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 20: 4939–502
Lennox, W., McBride, M. & Potter, G. (1946). The higher education of epileptics. Epilepsia 3: 182–97
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C. & Richards, P. (1979). Long-term outcome in children with temproal lobe seizures. No 1: social outcome and childhood factors. Dev. Med. Child. Neurol. 21: 285–98
Margerison, J. H. & Corsellis, J. A. N. (1966). Epilepsy and the temporal lobes. Brain 89: 499-530
Matsumoto, A., Watanabe, K., Siguura, M., et al. (1983). Long-term prognosis of convulsive disorders in the first year of life: mental and physical development and seizure persistence. Epilepsia 24: 321–9
Matsuoka, H., Okuma, T., Oemo, T., et al. (1986). Impairment of parietal cortical functions associated with episodic prolonged spike-and-wave discharge. Epilepsia 27: 432–6
Matthews, C. G. & Klove, H. (1967). Differential pscyholgoical perfromacnes in major motor, psychomotor, and mixed seizure classifcation of known and unknown etiology. Epilepsia 8: 117–28
McLaurin, R. L. (1973). Epilepsy and contact sports. JAMA 225: 285–7
Meador, K. J. (2002). Cognitive outcomes and predictive factors in epilepsy. Neurology 58 (suppl 5): 21–8
Mellor, D. H. & Lowit, I. (1977). Study of intellectual function in children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. In Epilepsy: Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 291–4. New York: Raven Press
Milner, B. (1975). Psychological aspects of focal epilepsy and its neurosurgical management. In Advances in Epilepsy, ed. D. P. Purpura, J. R. Penry & R. D. Walter, Vol. 8, pp. 299–332. New York: Raven Press
Mirsky, A. F., Primac, D. W., Marsan, C. A., et al. (1960). A comparison of the psychological test performance of patients with focal and nonfocal epilepsy. Dev. Exp. Neurol. 2: 75–89
Mouritzen, D. A. (1982). Hippocampal neuron loss in epilepsy and after experimental seizures. Acta Neurol. Scand. 66: 601–42
Neidermeyer, E., Fineyne, F., Riley, T., et al. (1979). Absence status (petit mal status) with focal characteristics. Arch. Neurol. 36: 417–21
Nightengale, S. & Welch, J. L. (1982). Psychometric assessment in absence status. Arch. Neurol. 39: 516–19
O'Brien, T. J., So, E. L., Meyer, F. B., et al. (1999). Progressive hippocampal atrophy in chronic intractable temporal lobe epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 45: 526–9
O'Leary, D. S., Lovell, M. R., Sackellars, J. C., et al. (1983). Effects of age of onset of partial and generalized seizures on neuropsychological performance in children. J. Nerve. Ment. Dis. 171: 624–9
O'Leary, D. S., Seidenberg, M., Berrent, S., et al. (1981). Effects of age of onset of tonic-clonic seizures on neuropsychological performance in children. Epilepsia 22: 197–204
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. (1966). Intelligence: biological factors in temporal lobe epilepsy. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine, Vol. 22, pp. 62–71 London: Heinemann
Oxbury, S. M., Cambell, L., Baxendale, S. A., et al. (1998). Cognitive function in relation to duration of temporal lobe epilepsy (TLE) due to Ammon's horn sclerosis. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Powell, G. E., Polkey, C. E. & McMillan, T. (1975). The new Maudsley series of temporal lobectomy. I: short-term cognitive effects. Br. J. Clin. Psychol. 24: 109–24
Price, J. Kogan, K. L. & Tompkins, L. R. (1948). The prevalence and incidence of extramural epilepsy. In Epilepsy: Psychiatric Aspects of Convulsive Disorders, ed. P. M. Hoch & R. P. Knight, pp. 48–57. London: Heinemann
Ramsey, E. (1998). Special populations. Cognitive concerns in adults and in the elderly. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Diego, CA
Rausch, R. (1981). Lateralization of temporal lobe dysfunction and verbal encoding. Brain Lang. 12: 92–100
Rausch, R., Lieb, U. P. & Crandall, P. A. S. (1978). Neuropsychologic correlates of depth spike activity in epileptic patients. Arch. Neurol. 35: 699–705
Reitan R. S. (1974). Psychological testing of epileptic patients. In Handbook of Neurology, ed. O. Magnus & A. M. Lorentz, Vol. 15, pp. 559–75. Amsterdam: North Holland
Renier, W. O. (1987). Restrictive factors in the education of children with epilepsy from a medical point of view. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 3–14. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Renier, W. O. (1998). Neuropsychological correlates of EEG changes in early childhood epilepsies. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2). 92
Rennick, P. M., Perez-Borja, C. & Rodin, E. (1969). Transient mental deficits associated with recurrent prolonged epileptic clouded state. Epilepsia 10: 397–405
Reynolds, E. H. (1985). Antiepileptic drugs and psychopathology. In The Psychopharmacology of Epilepsy, ed. M. R. Trimble, pp. 49–65. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Rodin, E. A., Rennick, P., Dennerill, R., et al. (1972). Vocational and educational problems of epileptic patients. Epilepsia 13: 149–60
Rodin, E. A., Schmaltz, S. & Twitty, G. (1986). Intellectual functions of patients with childhood-onset epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 28: 25–33
Rugland, A. L. (1990a). Subclinical epileptogenic activity. In Pediatric Epilepsy, ed. M. Sillarpaa, S. I. Johnanessen, G. Blennow & M. Dam, pp. 217–23. London: Wrightson Biomedical
Rugland, A. L. (1990b). Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 41–4
Rutter, M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. (1970). A neuropsychiatric study in childhood. Clin. Dev. Med. 35/36. London: Spastics Society & Heinemann
Sahin, M., Menache, C. C., Holmes, G. L., et al. (2001) Outcomes of severe refractory status epilepticus in children. Epilepsia 42: 1461–7
Scarpa, P. & Carassini, B. (1982). Partial epilepsy in childhood; clinical and EEG study of 261 cases. Epilepsia 23: 333–41
Scott, D. F., Moffett, A., Matthews, A., et al. (1967). The effect of epileptic discharges on learning and memory in patients. Epilepsia 8: 188–94
Seidenberg, M., O'Leary, D. S. Berent, S., et al. (1981). Changes in seizure frequency and test-retest scores on the Wechlser Adult Intelligence Scale. Epilepsia 22: 75–83
Sherwin, I. & Efron, R. (1980). Temporal ordering deficits following anterior temporal lobectomy. Brain Lang. 11: 195–203
Sillanpaa, M. (1973). Medico-social prognosis of children with epilepsy: epidemiology study and analysis of 245 patients. Acta Paediatr. Scand. Suppl. 237: 3–104
Smith, M. L., Elliott, I. M. & Lach, L. (2002). Cognitve skills in children with intractable epilepsy: comaprison of sursgical and nonsurgical candidates. Epilepsia 46: 621–7
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1986). Nonconvulsive status epilepticus in children. In Recent Advances in Epilepsy, ed. T. A. Pedley & B. S. Meldrum, pp. 295–310. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1990). Electroencephalographic parameters in assessing the cognitive function of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 45–9
Stores, G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized or focal epilepsy attending ordinary school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Sullivan, E. G. & Gahagan, L. (1935). Intelligence of epileptic children. Genet. Psychol. Monogr. 17: 314–74
Sztriha, L., Gururaj, A. K., Bener, A., et al. (2002). Temporal lobe epilepsy in children: Etiology in a cohort with new-onset seizures. Epilepsia 43: 75–80
Tarter, R. E. (1971). Intellectual and adaptive functioning in epilepsy: a review of fifty years of research. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 33: 763–70
Trieman, D. M. (2001). Status epilepticus. In The Treatment of Epilepsy: Principles and Practice, ed. E. Wyllie, pp. 681–97. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Tuxhorn, I., Pieper, T. & Moch, A. (1998). General cognitive function in children with temporal lobe epilepsy. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 129
Vargha-Kahdem, F. (2001). Generalized versus selective cognitive impairments resulting from brain damage sustained in childhood. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 37–40
Wasterlain, C. G., Thompson, K. W., Kornblum, H., et al. (1999). Long-term effects of recurrent seizures on the developing brain. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 237–65. London: John Libbey
Waxman, S. G. & Geschwind, N. (1973). The interictal behavior syndrome of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Gen. Psychatry 32: 1580–86
Whitehouse, D. (1971). Psychological and neurological correlates of seizure disorders. Johns Hopkins Med. J. 129: 36–42
Whitehouse, D. (1976). Behavior and learning problems in epileptic children. Behav. Neuropsychiatry 7: 23–9
Wiberg, M., Blennow, G. & Polski, B. (1987). Epilepsy in the adolescence. Implications for the development of the personality. Epilepsia 28: 542–76
Wilkus, R. J. & Dodrill, C. B. (1976). Neuropsychological correlates of the electroencephalograph in epileptics. I: topographic distribution and average rate of epileptiform activity. Epilepsia 17: 89–100
Williams, J., Sharp, G. B. & Griebel, M. I. (1992). Neuropsychological functioning in clinically referred children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 17
Wirrell, E. & Barnard, C. (1999). Status epilepticus in children: developmental deterioration and exacerbation of epilepsy. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 69
Zaiwalla, Z. (1989). Sleep abnormalities in children with epilepsy. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 72: 29
Zimmerman, F. T. Burgemeister, B. B. & Putnam, T. J. (1951). Intellectual and emotional makeup of the epileptic. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 65: 545–56

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aarts, J. H. P., Binnie, C. D., Smit, A. M., et al. (1984). Selective cognitive impairment during focal and generalized epileptiform EEG activity. Brain 107: 293–308
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Aldenkamp, A. P., Arenda, J. & Overweg-Plandsoen, W. C. G. (1998). Effects of subtle seizures and epileptiform EEG discharges on cognitive functions. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology, Warsaw, Poland. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 99
Altafullah, I. & Halgren, E. (1988). Focal medial temporal lobe spike-wave complexes evoked by a memory task. Epilepsia 29: 8–14
Binnie, C. D. (1979). Direction of transitory cognitive impairment during epileptiform EEG discharges: problems in clinical practice. In Epilepsy and Behavior, ed. B. M. Kuling, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 91–7. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Binnie, C. D. (1988). Seizures, EEG discharges and cognition. In Epilepsy, Behavior and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 45–51. London: John Wiley & Sons
Binnie, C. D. (1993). Significance and management of transitory cognitve impairment due to subclinical EEG discharges in children. Brain Dev. 15: 23–30
Binnie, C. D. (1999). Are interictal discharges subclinical? 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 69
Binnie, C. D. (2001). Cognitive performance, subtle seizures, and the EEG. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 16–18
Binnie, C. D., Channon, S. & Marston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: neurophysiological aspects. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 2–8
Binnie, C. D., Channon, S. & Marston, D. L. (1991). Behavioral correlates of interictal spikes. Adv. Neurol. 55: 113–26
Binnie, C. D., Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G., Smit, A. M., et al. (1987). Interactions of epileptiform EEG discharges and cognition. Epilepsy Res. 1: 239–45
Bourgeois, B. F. D., Prensky, A. L., Palkes, H. S., et al. (1983). Intelligence in epeilspy: a prospective study in children. Ann. Neurol. 14: 438–44
Brinciotti, M., Matricardi, M., Paciello, F., et al. (1991). Subclinical spike-wave complexes and cognitive performance in epileptic children. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 25
Camfield, P. R., Gates, R., Ronen, G., et al. (1984). Comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in epileptic children with pure right versus left temporal lobe EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 15: 122–6
Collins, A. L. (1951). Epileptic intelligen. J. Consult. Psychol. 15: 393–9
Cornaggia, C. M. & Gobbi, G. (2001). Learning disability in epilepsy: definitions and classification. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 2–5
Dodrill, C. P. (1998). The effects of seizures and various ACDs on cognition in cognitive organization of the brain. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Diego, CA
Dodrill, C. B. & Wilkus, R. J. (1978). Neuropsychological correlates of the electroencephalogram in epileptics. III: generalized non-epileptiform abnormalities. Epilepsia 19: 453–62
Duncan, C. P. (1949). The retroactive effect of electroshock on learning. J. Comp. Physiol. Psychol. 42: 42–4
Fink, M. (1979). Neuropsychology of ECT. In Convulsive Therapy, Theory and Practice, ed. M. Fink, pp. 107–29. New York: Raven Press
Goode, D. J., Penry, J. K. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1970). Effect of paroxysmal spike-wave on continuous visual-motor performance. Epilepsia 11: 241–54
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Hutt, S. J. & Fairweather, H. (1975). Information processing during two types of EEG activity. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 39: 43–51
Hutt, S. J., Newton, J. & Fairweather, M. (1977). Choice reaction time and EEG activity in children with epilepsy. Neuropsychologica 156: 257–67
Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. A., Bakker, D. J., Binnie, C. D., et al. (1988). Psychological effects of sub-clinical epileptiform EEG discharges. I: scholastic skills. Epilepsy Res. 2: 111–16
Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. A., Smit, A. M., Velis, D. N., et al. (1990). On-line detection of transient neuropsychological disturbances during EEG discharges in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 32: 46–50
Kooi, K. A. & Hovey, H. B. (1956). Alternations in mental functions and paroxysmal cerebral activity. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 78: 264–71
Ladavas, E., Umnila, C. & Provincialli, I. (1979). Hemisphere dependent cognitive performance in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 20: 493–502
Licht, E. A. & Jacobsen, R. H. (1999). Electrographic seizures and cognitive function: raising concerns for low frequency events. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 59
McGaugh, J. L. & Petrinovich, L. F. (1966). Neural consolidations and electroconvulsive shock re-examined. Psychol. Rev. 73: 382–98
Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Studies of paroxysmal EEG phenomena and background EEG in relation to impaired attention. In Attention in Neurophysiology, ed. C. R. Evans & T. B. Mulholland, pp. 310–22. London: Butterworth
Mirsky, A. F. (1989). Information processing in petit mal epilepsy. In Childhood Epilepsies: Neurophysiological, Psychosocial and Intervention Aspects. ed. B. P. Hermann & M. Seidenberg, pp. 51–70. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Mirsky, A. F. & Van Buren, J. M. (1965). On the nature of the “absence” in centrencephalic epilepsy: a study of some behavioral, electroencephalographic and autonomic factors. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 18: 334–8
Ojemann, G. A. (1983). Brain organization for language from the perspective of electrical stimulation mapping. Behav. Brain Sci. 6: 189–230
Opp, J., Wenzel, D. & Brandl, U. (1992). Visuomotor coordination during focal and generalized EEG discharges. Epilepsia 33: 836–40
Rausch, R., Lieb, U. P. & Crandall, P. A. S. (1978). Neuropsychologic correlates of depth spike activity in epileptic patients. Arch. Neurol. 35: 699–705
Regard, M., Landis, T., Wieser, H. G., et al. (1985). Function inhibition and release: unilateral tachistoscopic performance and stereoelectroencephalographic activity in a case with left limbic status epilepticus. Neuropsychologia 23: 575–81
Rodin, E. A., Rennick, P., Dennerill, R. & Yin, Y. (1972). Vocational and educational problems of epileptic patients. Epilepsia 13: 149–60
Rodin, E. A., Schmaltz, S. & Twitty, G. (1986). Intellectual functions of patients with childhood-onset epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child. Neurol. 28: 25–33
Rugland, A. L. (1990a). Subclinical epileptogenic activity. In Pediatric Epilepsy, ed. M. Sillanpaa, S. I. Johnanessen, G. Blennow & M. Dam, pp. 217–23. London: Wrightson Biomedical
Rugland, A. L. (1990b). Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 41–4
Rugland, A. L. (1993). Subclinical discharges. Presented at the International Epilepsy Symposium, Oslo, Norway, July 1993
Rugland, A. L., Bjaes, H., Henrickson, O., et al. (1987). The development of computerized tests as a routine procedure in clinical EEG practice for the evaluation of cognitive changes in patients with epilepsy. 17th Epilepsy International Congress 1987. Epilepsia 28 (suppl): 207
Schwab, R. S. (1939). A method of measuring consciousness on petit mal epilepsy. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 89: 690–91
Scott, D. F., Moffett, A., Matthews, A., et al. (1967). The effect of epileptic discharges on learning and memory in patients. Epilepsia 8: 188–94
Shewmon, D. A. & Erwin, R. J. (1988a). The effect of focal interictal spikes on perception and reaction time. I: general considerations. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 69: 319–37
Shewmon, D. A. & Erwin, R. J. (1988b). The effect of focal interictal spikes on perception and reaction times. II: neuroanatomic specificity. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 69: 338–52
Siebelink, B. M., Bakker, D. J., Binnie, C. D., et al. (1988). Psychological effects of sub-clinical EEG discharges. 2: general intelligence tests. Epilepsy Res. 2: 117–21
Squire, L. R., Slater, P. C. & Miller, P. L. (1981). Retrograde amnesia and electroconvulsive therapy. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 38: 890–95
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–93
Stores, G. (1986). Nonconvulsive status epilepticus in children. In Recent Advances in Epilepsy, ed. T. A. Pedley & B. S. Meldrum, Vol. 3, pp. 295–310. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. (1990). Electroencephalographic parameters in assessing the cognitive function of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 45–9
Stores, G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized or focal epilepsy attending ordinary school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Tarter, R. E. (1971). Intellectual and adaptive functioning in epilepsy: a review of fifty years of research. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 33: 763–70
Tizard, B. & Margerison, J. H. (1963a). The relationship between generalized paroxysmal EEG discharges and various test situations in two epileptic patients. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 26: 303–13
Tizard, B. & Margerison, J. H. (1963b). Psychological functioning during wave-spike discharges. Br. J. Soc. Clin. Psychol. 3: 6–15
Turkdogan, D., Zaimoglul, S., Yilmaz, Z. & Ozek, M. M. (1999). Cognitive and behavioral characteristics in children with central spikes. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 230

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Alajouanine, T. (1956). Verbal realization in aphasia. Brain 79: 1028
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Blennow, G., et al. (1993). Withdrawal of anti-epileptic medication in children: effects on cognitive function: the multicenter: Holmfrid study. Neurology 43: 41–50
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Arieff, A. (1974). Neurology: epilepsy and learning disorders. Illinois Med. J. 146: 467–70
Baird, H. W., John, E. R., Ahn, H., et al. (1980). Neurometric evaluation of epileptic children who do well and poorly in school. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 48: 683–93
Bennett-Levy, J. & Stores, G. (1984). The nature of cognitive dysfunction in school-children with epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 69 (suppl): 79–82
Benson, D. E. (1979). Associated neurobehavioral problems. In Clinical Neurology and Neurosurgical Monographs: Fluent Aphasia, Alexia and Agraphia, p. 163. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Binnie, C. D. (1980). Deterioration of transitory cognitive impairments during epileptiform EEG discharges: problems in clinical practice. In Epilepsy and Behaivor'79, ed. B. R. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 91–7. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlslinger
Binnie, C. D., Channon, S. & Marston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: neurophysiological aspects. Epilespia 31 (suppl 4): 2–8
Bonnet, M. H. (1985). Effects of sleep disruption on sleep, performance, and mood. Sleep 8: 11–19, 85
Brittain, H. (1980). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behaivor'79, ed. B. R. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 2–13. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Brown, T. R., Penry, R. S., Porter, R. S., et al. (1974). Responsiveness before, during and after spike-wave paroxysms. Neurology 24: 659–65
Bruhn-Parsons, A. T. & Parsons, O. A. (1977). Reaction time variability in epileptic and gbrain damaged patients. Cortex 13: 373–84
Camfield, C. S., Chaplin, S., Doyle, A. B., et al. (1977). Side effects of phenobarbital in toddlers: behavior and cognitive aspects. Pediatrics 95: 361–5
Carskadon, M. A., Kewenan, S. & Dement, W. C. (1987a). Nighttime sleep and daytime sleep tendency in preadolescents. In Sleep and Its Disorders I Children, ed. C. Guilleminault, pp. 43–52. New York: Raven Press
Carskadon, M. A., Kewenan, S. & Dement, W. C. (1987b). Nighttime sleep and daytime sleep tendency in adolescents. In Sleep and Its Disorders I Children, ed. C. Guilleminault, pp. 53–66. New York: Raven Press
Chemukar, J., Desai, A. D. & Pabini, R. (1976). The sleeping pattern and incidence of seizure discharges during whole night sleep in grand mal epileptics. Neurol. India 24: 141–7
Davidoff, R. A. & Johnson, L. C. (1964). Proxysmal EEG activity and cognitive motor perfomrance. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 16: 343–54
Declerck, A. C., Linden, I., van Oei, L. T., et al. (1989). Are learning problems in children with epilepsy due to a disturbed sleep. 18th International Epilepsy Congress New Delhi. Epilepsia 30: 155
Dennerll, R. D. (1964). Prediction of unilateral brain dysfunction using Wechsler test scores. J. Consult. Psychol. 28: 278–84
Dikmen, S. (1980). Neuropsychological aspects of epilepsy. In A Multidisciplinary Handbook of Epilepsy, ed. B. P. Hermann, pp. 236–73. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Dodrill, C. B. & Wilkus, R. J. (1976). Neuropsychological correlates of the electroencephalogram in epileptics. II: the waking posterior rhythms and its interactions with epileptiform activity. Epilepsia 17: 101–9
Dubinsky, B. L., Wilkening, G. N. & Minarcik, J. R. (1983). Neuropsychologic testing with concurrent electroencephalographic and simultaneous videomonitoring. Clin. Neuropsychol. 5: 41
Erba, G. & Cavazzuti, V. (1980). Rapid stimulation in continuous performance tasks under EEG monitoring. In Advances in Epileptology the Xth Epilepsy International Symposium, ed. J. A. Wada & J. K. Penry, p. 527. New York: Raven Press
Fairweather, H. & Hutt, S. J. (1969). Interrelationships of EEG activity and information processing on paced and unpaced tasks in epileptic children. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 27: 701–10
Fairweather, H. & Hutt, S. J. (1971). Some effects of performance variables upon generalized spike-wave activity. Brain 904: 321–6
Fedio, P. & Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Selective intellectual deficits in children with temporal lobe or centrencephalic epilepsy. J. Neuropsychol. 7: 287–300
Fenwick, P. (1981). EEG studies. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 242–53. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Forster, F. M. (1977). Epilepsy evoked by higher cognitive functions: decision making epilepsy. In Reflex Epilepsy, Behavioral therapy and Conditioned Reflexes, pp. 124–34. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Fossen, A. & Gotlibsen, O. B. (1980). The measure of residual effects of CNS acting drugs on behavior. In Epilepsy and Behaivor'79, ed. B. R. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 62–6. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Geller, M. R. & Geller, A. (1970). Brief amnestic effects of spike-wave discharges. Neurology 290: 380–81
Goode, D. J., Penry, J. K. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1970). Effects of paroxysmal spike-wave on continuous visual-motor performance. Epilepsia 22: 24–25
Guey, J., Burreatt, M., Dravet, C. & Roger, J. (1969). A study of the rhythms of petit mal absences in children in relation to prevailing situations. Epilepsia 10: 441–51
Halperin, J. M. (1996). Conceptualizing, describing, and measuring components of attention: a summary. In Attention, Memory and Executive Functions, ed. G. Lyon Reid & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 119–36. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Halstead, H. (1957). Abilities and behavior of epileptic children. J. Ment. Sci. 103: 28–47
Heilman, K. M. & Van Den Abell, T. (1979). Right hemispheric dominance for attention. Neurology 29: 586
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31: 21–5
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools: their seizure patterns progresses and behavior in school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–58
Hovey, H. B. & Kooi, K. A. (1955). Transient disturbances of thought processes and epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 74: 287–91
Hutt, S. J. (1972). Experimental analysis of brain activity and behavior in children with “minor” seizures. Epilepsia 13: 520–34
Hutt, S. J. & Fairweather, H. (1971). Spike-wave paroxysms and information processing. Proc. R. Soc. Med. 64: 918–19
Hutt, S. J. & Fairweather, H. (1973). Paced and unpaced serial response performance during two types of EEG activity. J. Neurosurg. Sci. 19: 85–96
Hutt, S. J., Newton, J. & Fairweather, H. (1977). Choice reaction time and EEG time in children with epilepsy. Neuropsychologica 15: 257–67
Ishiharo, T. & Yoshii, N. (1967). The interaction between paroxysmal EETG actaivities and continuous addition work of Uchida–Kraepalin psychodiagnostic test. Med. J. Osaka Univ. 18: 75–86
Jus, A. & Jus, K. L. (1962). Retrograde amnesia in petit mal. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 6: 163–7
Kooi, K. A. & Hovey, H. B. (1957). Alterations in mental functions and paroxysmal cerebral activity. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry. 78: 264–71
Laidlaw, J. & Reichans, A. (1976a). Fits in childhood: education. In A Textbook of Epilepsy, ed. J. Laidlaw & A. Reichens, pp. 101–2. London: Churchill Livingstone
Laidlaw, J. & Reichans, A. (1976b). Psychiatry: esp. epilespy and intellectual function. In A Textbook of Epilepsy, ed. J. Laidlaw & A. Reichens, pp. 145–84. London: Churchill Livingstone
Lansdell, H. & Mirsky, A. F. (1964). Attention in focal and centrencephalic epilepsy. Exp. Neurol. 9: 463–9
Lennox, W. G. & Lennox, M. E. (1960). Epilepsy and Related Disorders. London: Churchill Livingstone
Lennox, W. G., Gibbs, E. A. & Gibbs, E. L. (1936). The effect on the EEG of drugs and conditions which influence seizures. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 35: 1236–50
Levine, B., Roiehrs T., Stepanski, E., et al. (1987). Fragmented sleep diminishes its recuperative value. Sleep 10: 590–99
Livingston, S. & Berman, W. (1973). Participation of epileptic patients in sports. JAMA 224: 23–28
Milstein, V. & Stevens, J. R. (1961). Verbal and conditioned avoidance learning during abnormal EEG discharge. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 132: 50–60
Minecan, D. N., Marzec, M., & Malow, B. A. (2000). Seizure rate variability in different stages of sleep. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 167
Mirsky, A. F. (1960). The relationship between paroxysmal EEG activity and performance on a vigilance task in epileptic patients. Am. Psychol. 156: 486
Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Studies of paroxysmal EEG phenomena and background EEG in relation to impaired attention. In Attention in Neurophsyiology, ed. C. R. Evans & T. B. Mulholland, pp. 310–22. London: Butterworth
Mirsky, A. F. (1996). Disorders of attention, a neuropsychological perspective. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 71–95. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Mirsky, A. F. & Van Buren, J. M. (1965). On the nature of the absence in centrencephalic epilepsy: a study of some behavioral electroencephalographic and autonomic factors. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 18: 334–48
Mirsky, A. F., Primac, D. W., Marsan, C. A., et al. (1960). A comparison of the psychological test performance of patients with focal and nonfocal epilepsy. Exp. Neurol. 2: 75–89
O'Donohoe, N. V. (1979). Mental handicap and epilepsy. In Epilepsies of Childhood, pp. 143–6. London: Butterworth
Oostrom, K. J., Schouten, A., Kruitwagen, C. L. J., Peterson, A. C. B. & Jennekens-Schinkel, A. (2002). Attention deficits are not characteristic of schoolchildren with newly diagnosed idiopathic or cryptogenic epilepsy. Epilepsia 43: 301–10
Ounsted, C. & Hutt S. J. (1964). The effect of attentive factors on bio-electric paroxysms in epileptic children. Proc. R. Soc. Med. 57: 1178
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. (1966). Intelligence: biological factors in temporal lobe epilepsy. In Biological Factors in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy, pp. 62–71. London: Heinemann
Poche, P. (1978). Educating the child with Seizures. In The Treatment of Epilepsy Today, ed. G. S. Ferriss, pp. 127–41. Oradell, NJ: Medical Economics
Porter, R. J., Penry, J. K. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1973). Responsiveness at the onset of spike-wave bursts. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 34: 239–45
Prechtl, H. F. R., Boeke, P. E. & Schut, T. (1961). The electroencephalogram and performance in epileptic patients. Neurology 1: 296–302
Quadfasel, A. F. & Pruysel, P. W. (1985). Cognitive deficits in patients with psychomotor epilepsy. Epilepsia 4: 80–90
Reitan, R. S. (1974). Psychological testing of epileptic patients. In Handbook of Clinical Neurology, ed. O. Magnus & A. M. Lorentz, Vol. 15, pp. 559–75. New York: American Elsevier
Renier, W. O. (1987). Restrictive factors in the education of children with epilepsy form a medical point of view. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. O. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 3–14. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Rennick, P. M., Perez-Borja, C. & Rodin, E. A. (1969). Transient mental deficits associated with recurrent prolonged epileptic clouded state. Epilepsia 10: 397–405
Reynolds, E. H. (1981). The management of seizures associated with psychological disorders. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 322–36. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Ricci, G., Berti, G. & Cherubini, E. (1972). Changes in interictal focal activity and spike wave paroxysms during motor and mental activity. Epilepsy 13: 785–94
Rosen, I., Blennow, G., Risberg, A. M., et al. (1982). Quantitative evaluation of nocturnal sleep in epileptic children. In Sleep and Epilepsy, ed. B. M. Sterman, M. N. Shouse & P. Passouant, pp. 97–408. New York: Academic Press
Schlack, H. G. (1980). Changes of abnormal EEG patterns during mental tasks. Epilepsia 21: 205
Schwab, R. S. (1941). The influence of visual and auditory stimuli on the electroencephalographic tracing of petit mal. Am. J. Psychiatry 97: 301–12
Sergeant, J. (1996). A theory of attention: an information processing perspective. In Attention, Memory, and Executive Function, ed. G. Lyon Reid & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 57–70. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Shalev, R. S. & Amir, N. (1983). Complex partial status epilepticus. Arch. Neurol. 40: 90–92
Sherman, E. M. S., Armitage, L. L., Connolly, M. B., et al. (2000). Behaviors symptomatic of ADHD in pediatric epilepsy: relationship to frontal lobe epileptiform abnormalities and other neurologic predictors. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 191
Shouse, M. N. (1987). Sleep, sleep disorders and epilepsy in children. In Sleep and Its Disorders in Children, ed. C. Guilleminault, pp. 291–309. New York: Raven Press
Somerfill, E. R. & Bruni, J. (1983). Tonic status epilepticus presenting as confusional state. Ann. Neurol. 13: 549–51
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–93
Stores, G. (1973). Studies of attention and seizure disorders. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 15: 376–82
Stores, G. (1976). The investigation and managements of school children with epilepsy. Publ. Health, Lond. 90: 171–7
Stores, G. (1978). School children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1980a). Educational achievement. In Epilepsy and Behaivor'79, ed. B. R. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 162–8. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. (1980b). EEG studies in the behavioral assessment of people with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Behaivor'79, ed. B. R. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 82–90. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. (1990). Electroencephalographic parameters in assessing the cognitive function of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 40): 45–9
Stores, G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized or focal epilepsy attending ordinary school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Stores, G., Hart, J. & Piran, N. (1978). Inattentiveness in school children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 19: 169–75
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and learning problems. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 186–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Emotional and behavioral consequences of epilepsy. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 157–84. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Tarter, R. E. (1972). Intellectual and adaptive functioning in epilepsy. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 33: 763–70
Tizard, B. & Margerison, J. H. (1963). The relationship between generalized paroxysmal EEG discharges and various test situations in two epileptic patients. J. Neurol. Neurosurg, Psychiatry 26: 308–13
Tizard, B. & Mungerson, J. M. (1963). Psychological functions during wave-spike discharges. Br. J. Soc. Clin. Psychol. 3: 6–15
Wagenar, W. A. (1975). Performance of epileptic patients in continuous reaction-time situations. Am. J. Ment. Defic. 79: 726–31
Weingraumb, P. (1981). The brain: his and hers. Discover April 15–20
Wilkus, R. J. & Dodrill, C. B. (1976). Neuropsychological correlates of the electroencephalogram in epileptics. I: topographic distribution and average rate of epileptiform activity. Epilepsia 17: 89–100
Williams, J. P., Phillips, T., Griebe, M. L., et al. (2000). Factors associated with academic achievement in children with controlled epilepsy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 246
Williams, J., Sharp, G. B. & Griebel, M. I. (1992). Neuropsychological functioning in clinically referred children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 17
Zaiwalla, Z. (1989). Sleep abnormalities in children with epilepsy. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 782: 29

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia. 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Bachevalier, J., Malkova, L. & Beauregard, M. (1996). Multiple memory systems: a neuropsychological and developmental perspective. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. Reid Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 185–98. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Bailet, L. L. & Turk, W. R. (1992). Differential growth rates of visual memory and visual motor integration in childhood onset epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 8
Baker, A. B. & Joynt, R. J. (1986). Clinical Neurology, Vol. 1. Philadelphia: Harper & Row
Barlow, C. F. (1978). Risk factors of infancy and childhood: interrelationship of seizure disorders and mental retardation. In Mental Retardation and Related Disorders, pp. 68–75. Philadelphia: FA Davis
Battaglia, F. M. (1998). Neuropsychological aspects of TLE in children. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 70
Baxendale, S. A., van Paesschen, W., Thompson, P. J., et al. (1998). The relationship between quantitative MRI and neuropsychological functioning in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 39: 158–66
Bergin, P. S., Basendale, S. A., Thompson, P. J., et al. (1993). Remote memory in epilepsy. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 70
Binnie, C. D. (1988). Seizures, EEG discharges and cognition. In Epilepsy, Behavior and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 45–51. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Binnie, C. D., Channon, S. & Marston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: neurophysiological aspects. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 40): 2–8
Binnie, C. D., Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. A., Smit, A. M., et al. (1987). Interactions of epileptiform EEG discharges and cognition. Epilepsy Res. 1: 239–45
Boller, K. (1996). Conceptualizing, describing and measuring components of memory: a summary. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. Reid Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 221–32. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Brazier, M. A. B. (1979). Brain Mechanisms in Memory and Learning. New York: Raven Press
Brittain, H. (1980). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behavior, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 2–13. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Brown, S. W. & Reynolds, E. H. (1981). Cognitive impairments in epileptic patients. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 47–163. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Chang, Y. C., Guo, N. W., Wang, S. T., et al. (2001). Working memory of school-aged children with a history of febrile convulsions: a population study. Neurology 57: 37–42
Davies-Eysenck, M. (1952). Cognitive factors in epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 15: 39–44
Delaney, R. C., Rosen, A. J., Mattson, R. H., et al. (1980). Memory function in focal epesy: a comparison of non-surigcal unilateral temporal lobe and frontal lobe samples. Cortex 16: 103–17
Denman, S. B. & Wannamaker, B. B. (1983). Neuropsychological memory scale in temporal lobe epileptic patients. Epilepsia 24: 258
Doyle, J. C., Ornstein, R. & Galin, D. (1974). Lateralized specialization of cognitive mode III: EEG frequency analysis. Psychophysiology 11: 567–78
Dreifuss, F. E. (1983). Pediatric Epileptology. Boston, MA: John Wright PSG
Durwen, H. F. (1992). Memory deficits in temporal lobe epilepsy as interactive phenomenon between epileptic focus and antiepileptic drugs. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 138
Eccles, J. C. (1966). Brain and Conscious Experience. New York: Springer-Verlag
Fedio, P. & Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Selective intellectual deficits in children with temporal lobe or centrencephalic epilepsy. Neuropsychologia 7: 287–300
Fenwick, P. (1981). EEG studies. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 242–53. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Folsom, A. (1953). Psychological testing in epilepsy. I: cognitive function. Epilepsia 2: 15–22
Freeman, F. R., Douglas, E. F. O. & Penry, J. K. (1973). Environmental interaction and memory during petit mal (absence) seizures. Pediatrics 51: 911–18
French, J., Syakin, A. J., Conner, J. M., et al. (1992). Comparison of intracarotid amobarbital memory scores in patients with mesial versus neocortical onset temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 87
Gallasi, R., Morreale, A., Lorusso, S., et al. (1988). Epilepsy presenting as memory disturbances. Epilepsia 29: 624–9
Giovagnoli, A. R., Casazza, M. & Gavanzini, G. (1995). Visual learning on a selective reminding procedure and delayed recall in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 36: 704–11
Gloor, P. (1986). Consciousness as a neurological concept in epileptology: a criical view. Epilepsia 27 (suppl 2): 14–26
Glowinski, M. (1973). Cognitive deficits in temporal lobe epilepsy: an investigation of memory functioning. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 157: 129–37
Goode, D. J., Penry, J. K. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1970). Effects of paroxysmal spike-wave on continuous visual-motor performance. Epilespia 11: 241–54
Hart, L. A. (1975). How the Brain Works. New York: Basic Books
Hasegawa, H. (2000). Persistent short term memory deficit syndrome with EEG abnormality responding to AED monotherapy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 239
Helmstaedter, C., Kurthen, M., Linke, D., et al. (1992). Hierarchical restitution of limbic and neocortical functions in right hemispheric language dominant patients with early-onset left temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 121
Hendriks, M. P. H., Jacobs, S., Aldenkamp, A. P., et al. (1998). Memory complaints and the relation with memory functions in patients with partial seizures originating form the temporal or frontal lobes. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Hutt, S. J. & Gilbert, S. (1980). Effects of evoked spike-wave discharges upon shot-term memory in patients with epilepsy. Cortex 16: 443–7
Jambaque, I., Dellatolas, G., Dulac, O., et al. (1992). Selective memory deficits in children with partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 8
Jus, A. & Jus, K. L. (1962). Retrograde amnesia in petit mal. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 6: 163–7
Kertesz, A. (1983). Localization in Neuropsychology. New York: Academic Press
Kimura, D. (1962). Right temporal-lobe damage. Arch. Neurol. 8: 264–71
Kinsbourne, M. & Caplan, P. J. (1979). Children's Learning and Attention Problems. Boston, MA: Little Brown & Company
Kooi, K. A. & Hovey, H. B. (1957). Alterations in mental functions and paroxysmal cerebral activity. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 1978: 264–71
Kortenkamp, S. R. (1996). Neuropsychologic correlates of subfield-specific hippocampal pathology. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Francisco, CA, 1996
Kurokawa, T., Goya, N., Fukuyama, Y., et al. (1980). West syndrome and Lennox Gastaut syndrome: survey of natural history. Pediatrics 65: 81–8
Ladavas, E., Umilta, C. & Provinciali, L. (1979). Hemisphere-dependent cognitive performances in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 20: 493–502
Lansdell, M. (1968). Effect of extent of temporal lobe ablations on two lateralized deficits. Physiol. Behav. 3: 271–3
LeDoux, J. E., Barclay, L. & Premack, A. (1978). The brain and cognitive sciences. Ann. Neurol. 4: 391–8
Lewinski, R. J. (1947). The psychometric pattern. III: epilepsy. Am. J. Orthopsych. 17: 714–21
Loiseau, P., Strube, E., Broustet, D., et al. (1980). Evaluation of memory function in a population of epileptic patients and matched controls. Acta Neurol. Scand. 62 (suppl): 59–61
Loiseau, P., Strube, E., Broustet, D., et al. (1983). Learning impairment in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 24: 183–92
Luria, A. R., transl. B. Haigh (1973). The Working Brain, An Introduction to Neuropsychology. New York: Basic Books
Lux, S., Helmstaedter, C., Kurhten, M., Hartje, W. & Elger, C. E. (2000). Localizing value of ictal neuropsychological deficits in focal epilepsy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 153
Macleod, C. M., Dekaban, A. S. & Hunt, E. (1978). Memory impairment in epileptic patients: selective effects of phenobarbital concentrations. Science 202: 1102–4
Mayer, V. & Jones, H. G. (1957). Patterns of cognitive test performance as functions of the lateral localization of cerebral abnormalities in the temporal lobe. J. Ment. Sci. 103: 758–72
Mayeux, R., Brandt, J., Rosen, J., et al. (1980). Interictal memory and language impairment in temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurology 30: 120–25
McIntyre, M., Pritchard, P. B., III & Lombroso, C. T. (1976). Left and right temporal epileptics: a controlled inspection of some psychological differences. Epilepsia 17: 377–86
Mellanby, J., Hawkins, C. & Wilkes, I. (1984). The relationship between seizures and amnesia in experimental epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 99: 119–24
Merritt, K. A., Ornstein, P. A. & Spicker, B. (1994). Children's memory for a salient medical procedure: implications for testimony. Pediatrics 94: 17–23
Meyer, V. & Falconer, M. A. S. (1960). Defects of learning ability with massive lesions of the temporal lobe. J. Ment. Sci. 106: 472–7
Milner, B. (1968). Visual recognition and recall after right temporal-lobe excision in man. Neuropsychologica 6: 191–9
Milner, B. (1975). Psychological aspects of focal epilepsy and its neurological management. In Neurosurgical Management of the Epileptics: Advances in Neurology, ed. D. P. Purpura, J. R. Penry & R. D. Walter, Vol. 8, pp. 299–321. New York: Raven Press
Milner, B. & Scoville, W. B. (1957). Loss of recent memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 20: 11–21
Mirsky, A. F., Primac, D. W., Ajmone-Marsan, C., et al. (1960). A comparison of the psychological test performance of patients with focal and non-focal epilepsy. Exp. Neurol. 2: 75–89
Mungas, D., Ehlers, D., Walton, N. & McCutchen, C. B. (1985). Verbal learning differences in epileptic patients with left and right temporal lobe foci. Epilepsia 26: 340–45
O'Keefe, J. & Nadel, L. (1978). The Hippocampus as a Cognitive Map. Oxford: Oxford University Press
O'Leary, D. S., Seidenberg, M., Berent, S., et al. (1981). Effects of age of onset of tonic-clonic seizures on neuropsychological performance in children. Epilepsia 22: 197–204
Piazzini, A., Canevini, M. P., Sgro, V., et al. (1998). Perception of memory difficulties in patients with epilepsy. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 119
Powell, G. E., Polkey, C. E. & McMillan, T. (1975). The new Maudsley series of temporal lobectomy. I: short term cognitive effects. Br. J. Clin. Psychol. 24: 109–24
Quadfasel, A. F. & Pruyser, P. W. (1955). Cognitive deficits in patients with psychomotor epilepsy. Epilepsia 4: 80–90
Rapin, I. (1985). Brain dysfunction in children. In Brenneman's Practice of Pediatrics, ed. V. C. Kelley, Vol. 9, pp. 1–95. Philadelphia: Harper & Row
Rausch, R., Babb, T. L., Ary, C. M., et al. (1992). Hippocampal neuron loss and mossy fiber sprouting contribute to verbal memory deficits in temporal lobe epileptic patients. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 136
Rausch, R., Lieb, J. P. & Crandall, P. A. (1978). Neuropsychological correlates of depth spiek activation in epielptic patients. Arch. Neurol. 35: 699–705
Read, D. E. (1981). Solving deductive-reasoning problems after unilateral temporal lobectomy. Brain Lang. 12: 116–27
Reitan, R. S. (1974). Psychological testing of epileptic patients. In Handbook of Clinical Neurology, ed. O. Magnus & A. M. Lorentz, Vol. 15, pp. 559–75. New York: American Elsevier
Renier, W. O. (1987). Restritive factiors in the education of children with epilepsy from a medical point of view. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. O. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 3–14. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Riga, D., Saletti, V., Collino, L., et al. (1998). Neuropsychology of frontal epileptic activity. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120
Rumbaugh, D. M. & Washburn, D. A. (1966). Attention and memory in relation to learning: a comparative adaptation perspective. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. Reid Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 199–220. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Sawrie, S. M., Martin, R. C., Knowlton, R. C., et al. (2000). Verbal memory and temporal lobe metabolism: a quantitative FDG-PET study. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 62
Sharp, G. B., Williams, S. P., Griebel, M. I., et al. (2000). Verbal learning and memory in children with controlled seizures. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 152
Sherwin, I. & Efron, R. (1980). Temporal ordering deficits following anterior temporal lobectomy. Brain Lang. 11: 195–203
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–93
Stores, G. (1976). The investigation and management of school children with epilepsy. Publ. Health, Lond. 90: 171–7
Stores, G. (1978). School children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G., Hart, J. & Piran, N. (1978). Inattentiveness in school children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 19: 169–75
Swartz, B. E., Hlagren, E., Daims, R., Mulford, P. & Syndulko, K. (1993). Neurocognitive function in frontal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 33
Torgesen, J. K. (1996). A model of memory from an information processing perspective: the special case of phonological memory. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. Reid Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 157–84. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Trimble, M. R. (1980). Anti-epileptic drugs and behavior – discussion notes. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 76–9. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Trimble, M. R. (1988). Biological Psychiatry. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Trimble, M. R. & Thompson, P. J. (1981). Memory, anticonvulsant drugs and seizures. Acta Neurol. Scand. 64 (suppl): 31–41
Troster, A. I., Barr, W. B., Warmflash, V., et al. (1991). The role of encoding in rapid forgetting associated with unilateral temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 73
Vargha-Kahdem, F. (2001). Generalized versus selective cognitive impairments resulting from brain damage sustained in childhood. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 37–40
Von Isser, A. (1977). Psycholinguistic abilities in children with epilepsy. Exceptional Children February: 270–72
Wagner, R. K. (1996). From simple structure to complex function: major trends in the development of theories, models, and measurements of memory. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. Reid Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 139–56. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Warrington, E. K., Logue, V. & Pratt, R. T. C. (1971). The anatomical localization of selective impairment of auditory verbal short-term memory. Neuropsychologica 9: 377–87
Waxman, S. G. & Geschwind, N. (1975). The interictal behavior syndrome of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 32: 1580–86
Westerveld, M. (2002). Inferring function from structure: relationship of magnetic resonance imaging-directed hippocampal abnormality and memory function in epilepsy. Epilepsy Currents 2: 3–6
Westerveld, M., Spencer, S. S., Stoddard, K. R., et al. (1999). Perceived memory impairments and objective test findings in epilepsy. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 46
Widman, G., Helmstaedter, C., Lehnertz, K., et al. (1999). Anterior mesial temporal lobe: a “working memory” structure? Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 50
Zimmerman, F. T., Burgemeister, B. B. & Putnam, T. J. (1951). Intellectual and emotional makeup of the epileptic. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 65: 545–56

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Barkley, R. A. (1996). Linkages between attention and executive functions. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 307–25. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Benes, F. M. (1997). Cortico-limbic circuitry and the development of psychopathology during childhood and adolescence. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Rakic-Goldman, pp. 211–40. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brooks
Borkowski, J. G. & Burke, J. E. (1996). Theories, models, and measurements of executive Functioning. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 235–61. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Denckla, M. B. (1996). A theory and model of executive function: a neuropsychological perspective. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 263–78. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes Publ
Eslinger, P. J. (1996). Conceptualizing, describing, and measuring components of executive function, a summary. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 67–395. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes Publ
Harman, C. & Fox, N. A. (1997). Frontal and attentional mechanisms regulating distress, experience and expression during infancy. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Rakic-Goldman, pp. 91–210. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brooks
Hayes, S. C., Gifford, E. V. & Ruckstuhl, L. E., Jr (1996). Relational frame theory and executive function. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 279–305. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Huttenlocher, P. R. & Dabholkar, A. S. (1997). Developmental anatomy of prefrontal cortex. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Rakic-Goldman, pp. 69–84. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brooks
Kerfesz, A. (1983). Localization in Neuropsychology. New York: Academic Press
Leonard, C. M. (1997). Language and the prefrontal cortex. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Rakic-Goldman, pp. 141–67. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brooks
Morris, R. D. (1996). Relationships and distinctions among the concepts of attention, memory and executive function, a developmental perspective. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 1–16. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Pennington, B. F. (1997). Dimensions of executive functions in normals and abnormal development. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Rakic-Goldman, pp. 265–82. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brooks
Pennington, B. F., Bennetto, L., McAleer, O., et. al. (1996). Executive functions and working memory. In Attention, Memory and Executive Function, ed. G. R. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor, pp. 327–48. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Riga, D., Saletti, V., Collino, L., et. al. (1998). Neuropsychology of frontal epileptic activity. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 20): 120
Scheibel, R. S. & Levin, H. S. (1997). Frontal lobe dysfunction following closed head injury in children: findings from neuropsychological brain imaging. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Rakic-Goldman, pp. 241–64. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brooks
Sherman, E. M. S., Armitage, L. L., Connolly, M. B., et al. (2000). Behaviors symptomatic of ADHD in pediatric epilepsy: relationship to frontal lobe epileptiform abnormalities and other neurologic predictors. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 191
Thatcher, R. W. (1997). Human frontal lobe development: a theory of cyclical cortical reorganization. In Development of the Prefrontal Cortex, ed. N. A. Krasnegor, G. R. Lyon & P. S. Rakic-Goldman, pp. 85–116. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brooks
Zimmerman, F. T., Burgemeister, B. B. & Putnam, T. J. (1951). Intellectual and emotional makeup of the epileptic. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 65: 545–56

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aarts, J. H. P., Binnie, C. D., Smit, A. M., et al. (1984). Selective cognitive impairment during focal and generalized epileptiform EEG activity. Brain Dev. 107: 293–308
Aldenkamp, A. P. (1983). Epilepsy and learning behavior. In Advances in epileptology: The XIVth International Epilepsy Symposium, ed. M. Parsonage, R. H. E. Grant, A. G. Craig & A. A. Ward, Jr, pp. 221–9. New York: Raven Press
Aldenkamp, A. P. (1987). Learning disabilities in epilepsy. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 21–38. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Bagley, C. R. (1970). The educational performance of children with epilepsy. Br. J. Educ. Psychol. 140: 82–3
Bagley, C. (1971). The Social Psychology of the child with Epilepsy. London: Kegan Paul
Bailet, L. L. & Turk, W. R. (2000). The impact of childhood epilepsy on neurocognitive and behavioral performance: a prospective longitudinal study. Epilepsia 41: 426–31
Baird, H. W., John, E. R. Ahn, H., et al. (1980). Neurometric evaluation of epileptic children who do well and poorly in school. Electroencephalog. Clin. Neurophysiol. 48: 583–93
Beaumanoir, A., Ballism T., Varfis, G., et al. (1964). Benign epilepsy of childhood with Rolandic spikes. Epilepsia 15: 301–15
Beaumont, M. E. (1987). Epilepsy and Learning: Understanding the Learning Difficulties Experienced by Children with Epilepsy. Melbourne: National Epilepsy Association of Australia
Benbow, D. P. & Stanley, J. C. (1980). Sex differences in mathematical ability: fact or artifact? Science 210: 1262–3
Benbow, C. P. & Stanley, J. C. (1981). Mathematical ability: is sex a factor? (a response). Science 212: 114–21
Berger, H. (1971). An unusual manifestation of Tegretol (carbamazepine) toxicity. Ann. Intern. Med. 74: 449–50
Bickford, R. G., Whelan, J. L., Klass, D. W. & Corbin, K. B., et al. (1956). Reading epilepsy. Trans. Am. Neurol. Assoc. 31: 100
Boder, E. (1973). Developmental dyslexia: a diagnostic approach based on three atypical reading–spelling patterns. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 15: 664–87
Brittain, H. (1980). Epilepsy and intellectual functions. In Epilepsy and Behaivor, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meiinardi & G. Stores, pp. 2–13. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Browne, T. R., Dreifuss, R. E., Dyken, P. R., et al. (1975). Ethosuximide in the treatment of absence (petit mal) seizures. Neurology 25: 515–24
Brooks, J. E. & Jirauch, P. M. (1971). Primary reading epilepsy: a misnomer. Arch. Neurol. 25: 97–104
Camfield, C. S., Chaplin, S., Doyle, A. V., et al. (1979). Side effects of phenobarbital in toddlers: behavior and cognitive aspects. J. Pediatr. 93: 361–5
Camfield, P. E., Gates, R., Ronen, G., et al. (1984). Comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in epileptic children with pure right versus left temporal lobe EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 15: 1122–6
Ceci, S. J. (1986). Handbook of Cognitive and Neurophysiological Aspects of Learning Disabilities. London: Lawrence Erlbaum
Collins, A. L. (1951). Epileptic intelligence. J. Consult. Psychol. 165: 393–9
Critchley, M., Cobb, W. & Sears, T. A. (1959–60). On reading epilepsy. Epilepsia 1: 403–17
Dodrill, C. B. (1987). Aspects of antiepileptic treatment in children. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3): 10–14
Fairweather, H. & Hutt, S. J. (1969). Interrelationship of EEG activity and information processing on paced and self–paced tasks in epileptic children. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 27: 701–10
Fairweather, H. & Hutt, S. J. (1971). Some effects of performance variables upon generalized spike-wave activity. Brain 904: 321–6
Farwell, J. R., Dodrill, B. B. & Batzel, L. W. (1985). Neuropsychological abilities of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 26: 395–400
Fenwick, P. (1981). Precipitation and inhibition of seizures. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 306–21. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Fisk, J. & Rourke, B. P. (1979). Identification of subtypes of learning disabilities at three age levels: a neuropsychological, multivarient approach. J. Clin. Neuropsycholl. 4: 289–309
Forster, F. M. (1977a). Reflex epilepsy, behavior therapy and conditioned reflexes. In Reflex Epilepsy, Behavior Therapy and Conditioned Reflexes, pp. 94–123. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Forster, F. M. (1977b). Epilepsy evoked by higher cognitive functions: decision making epilepsy. In Reflex Epilepsy, Behavior Therapy and Conditioned Reflexes, pp. 124–34. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Forster, F. M. & Daily, R. F. (1973). Reading epilepsy in identical twins. Trans. Ann. Neurol. Assoc. 98: 186–8
Forster, F. M., Paulsen, W. A. & Baughman, F. A., Jr. (1969). Clinical therapeutic conditioning in reading epilepsy. Neurology 19: 717–23
Fox, J. T. (1931–3). The response of epileptic children to mental and educational tests. Br. Med. Psych. 4: 235–48
Galaburda, A. M. & Kemper, T. L. (1979). Cytoarchitectonic abnormalities in developmental dyslexia: a case study. Ann. Neurol. 6: 94–100
Green, J. B. & Hartlage, L. C. (1970). Comparitive performance of epileptic and non-epileptic children and adolescents on academic, communicative and social skills. Presented at the 3rd European Symposium on Epilepsy
Green, J. B. & Hartlage, L. C. (1971). Comparative performance of epileptic and non-epileptic children and adolescents. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 32: 418–21
Guey, J., Charles, C., Coquery, C., et al. (1967). Study of psychological defects of ethosuximide (Zarontin) on 25 children suffering from petit mal epilepsy. Epilepsia 8: 2129–41
Hall, J. H. & Marshall, P. C. (1980). Clonazepam therapy in reading epilepsy. Neurology 30: 550–51
Halstead, H. (1957). Abilities and behavior of epileptic children. J. Ment. Sci. 103: 28–47
Haskell, S. H. (2000). The determinants of arithmetic skills in young children: some observations. Eur. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 9: 77–86
Heijbel, J. & Behman, M. (1975). Benign epilepsy of children with centrotemporal EEG foci: intelligence, behavior and school adjustment. Epilepsia 16: 679–87
Hutt, S. J., Newton, S. & Fairweather, H. (1977). Choice reaction time and EEG activity in children with epilepsy. Neuropsychologia 15: 257–67
Ingvar, D. H. & Nyman, C. E. (1962). Epilespia arithmetices, a trigger mechanism in a case of epilepsy. Neurology 12: 282–7
Jelnnekens-Schinkel, A., Linsschooten-Duikersloot, E. M. E. M., Bourma, P. A. D., Peters, A. C. B. & Stijnen, T. H. (1987). Spelling errors made by children with mild epilepsy: writing-to-dictation. Epilepsia 28: 555–63
Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. N., Bakker, D. J., Binnie, C. D., et al. (1988). Psychological effects of epileptiform EEG discharges. I: scholastic skills. Epilepsy Res. 2: 111–16
Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. N., Siebelink, B. M., Beerends, S. G. C., et al. (1990). Lateralized effects of subclinical epileptiform EEG discharges on scholastic performance in children. Epilepsia 31: 740–46
Keith, H., Evert, J. C., Green, M. W., et al. (1955). Mental status of children with convulsive disorders. Neurology 5: 419–25
Knight, R. M. & Tymchuk, A. J. (1968). An evaluation of the Halstead-Reitan Category Text for children. Cortex 4: 403–13
Kupke, T. & Lewis, R. (1985). WAIS and neuropsychological tests, common and unique variance with in an epileptic population. J. Clin. Exp. Neuropsychol. 7: 353–66
Laidlaw, J. & Richens, A. (1976). Fits in childhood: education. In A Textbook of Epilepsy, pp. 101–2. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Login, I. S. (1981). Clonazepam therapy in reading epilepsy. Neurology 31: 115
Login, I. S. & Kolakovich, T. M. (1978). Successful treatment of primary reading epilepsy with clonazepam. Ann. Neurol. 4: 155–6
Long, G. G. & Moore, J. R. (1979). Parental expectations for their epileptic children. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 20: 299–312
Mandelbaum, D. E., Burack, G. D. & Daswani, A. A. (1993). Effects of seizure type and medication on psychological functioning in epileptic children. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 72
Ojemann, G. A. (1974). Mental arithmetic during human thalamic stimulation. Neuropsychologia 12: 1–10
O'Leary, D. S., Lovell, M. R., Sackellares, J. C., et al. (1983). Effects of age of onset on partial and generalized seizures on neurophysiological performance in children. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 171: 624–9
Oxley, J. & Stores, G. (1987). Epilepsy and Education. London: Medical Tribune Group
Piras, M. R., Sechi, G. P., Mutani, R., et al. (1991). Developmental surface dyslexia in progressive myoclonic epilepsy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 25
Poche, P. (1978). Educating the child with seizures. In The Treatment of Epilepsy Today, ed. G. S. Ferriss, pp. 127–41. Oradell, NJ: Medical Economic Co. Book Division
Ramani, V. (1983). Primary reading epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 40: 49–51
Rodin, E. A., Schmaltz, S. & Twitty, G. (1986). Intellectual functions of patients with childhood-onset epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 28: 250–53
Rourke, B. P. (1985). Neuropsychology of Learning Disabilities: Essentials of Subtype Analysis. New York: Guildford Press
Rugland, A. L. (1990a). Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 41–4
Rugland, A. (1990b). Subclinical epileptogenic activity. In Pediatric Epilepsy, ed. M. Sillarpaa, S. I. Johnanessen, G. Blennow & M. Dam, pp. 217–23. London: Wrightson Biomedical
Rutter, M. (1974). Emotional disorder and educational underachievement. Arch. Dis. Child. 48: 249–56
Rutter, M. & Yule, W. (1975). The concept of specific reading retardation. J. Child. Psychol. Psychiatry 16: 181–97
Rutter, M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. (1970). A neuropsychiatric study in childhood. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine 35/36, pp. 237–55. London: Spastics Society and Heinemann
Saykin, A. J., Maerlender, A. C., Moran, M., et al. (1993). Level and patterns of changes in verbal learning after anterotemporal lobectomy: effects of early risk factors. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 91
Schacter, S. C., Galaburda, A. M. & Ransil, B. J. (1991). Epilepsy: associations with developmental dyslexia, gender, and handedness. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 74–5
Seidenberg, M., Beck, N., Geisser, M., et al. (1986). Academic achievement of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 27: 753–9
Stores, G. (1973). Studies of attention and seizure disorders. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 15: 376–82
Stores, G. (1976). The investigation and management of school children with epilepsy. Publ. Health, Lond. 90: 171–7
Stores, G. (1978). School children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized and focal epilepsy attending ordinary school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Stores, G., Hart, J. & Piran, N. (1978). Inattentiveness in school children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 19: 169–75
Strang, J. & Rourke, B. P. (1985). Adaptive behavior of children who exhibit specific arithmetic disabilities and associated neuropsychological abilities and deficits. In Neuropsychology of Learning Disabilities. Essentials of Subtype Analysis, ed. B. P. Rourke, pp. 302–31. New York: Guildford Press
Thompson, P. J. (1987). Educational attainment in children and young people with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Education, ed. J. Oxley & G. Stores, pp. 15–24. London: Medical Tribute Group
Trimble, M. R. (1983). Anticonvulsant drugs and psychosocial development: phenobarbitone, sodium valproate and benzodiazepines. In Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Pediatrics, ed. P. M. Morselli, C. E. Pippinger & J. Penry, pp. 201–71. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. (1990). Antiepileptic drugs, cognitive function and behavior in children: evidence from recent studies. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 30–35
Van der Vlugth, H. & Bakker, D. (1980). Lateralization of brain function in persons with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 30–35. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Vanderzant, C., Fiitz, R., Holmes, G., et al. (1982). Treatment of primary reading epilepsy with valproic acid. Arch. Neurol. 39: 452–3
Vidart, L. & Geier, S. (1977). Enrigistrements tele'encephalographiques chex des sujets epileptiques pendant le travail. Rev. Neurol. 117: 475–80
Warner, M. H., Dodrill, C., Batzel, L. W., et al. (1991). Early predictors of academic and psychosocial functioning in adolescents with a history of seizures. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 75
Warrington, E. K., James, M. & Kinsbourne, M. (1966). Drawing disability in relation to laterality of cerebral lesion. Brain 89: 53–82
Waxman, S. G. & Geschwind, N. (1975). The interictal behavior syndrome of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 32: 1580–86
Wechsler, A. F. (1973). The effect of organic brain disease on recall of emotionally charged versus neutral narrative texts. Neurology 23: 130–35
Weintraub, P. (1981). The brain: his and hers. Discover April: 15–20
Wiebers, D. O., Westmoreland, B. F. & Klass, D. W. (1979). EEG activation and mathematical calculation. Neurology 29: 1499–1503
Wilkins, A. J. (1986). On the manner in which sensory and cognitive processes contribute to epileptogenisis and are disrupted by it. Acta Neurol. Scand. 74 (suppl 109): 91–5
Wilkins, A. J., Zifkin, B., Andermann, F., et al. (1982). Seizures induced by thinking. Ann. Neurol. 11: 608–12

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Addy, D. P. (1987). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 29: 394–404
Ahmed, M., Besag, F., Fowler, M., et al. (1998). Efficacy and safety of topiramate in patients with severe epilepsy and learning disabilities. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 3
Aikia, M., Kalviainen, R. & Riekinen, P. P. J., Sr (1999). The cognitive effects of initial tiagabine monotherapy. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 51
Aikia, M., Kalvianen, R., Sivenius, J., et al. (1992). Cognitive effects of oxycarbamazepine and phenytoin monotherapy in newly diagnosed epilepsy: one year follow-up. Epilepsy Res. 1: 199–203
Aldenkamp, A. P. (1997). Effect of seizures and epileptiform discharges on cognitive function. Epilepsia 38 (suppl 1): 52–5
Aldenkamp, A. P. (2001). Effects of antiepileptic drugs on cognition. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 46–9
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Blennow, G., et al. (1993). Withdrawal of antiepileptic medication in children-effects on cognitive function: the Multicenter Holmfrid study. Neurology 43: 41–50
Aldenkamp A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A. et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Moerland, M. C. P., et al. (1987). Controlled release carbamazepine: cognitive side-effects in patients with epilepsy. Epilepsia 28: 507–14
Aldenkamp, A. P., Baker, G., Mulder, O. G., et al. (2000). A multicenter, randomized clinical study to evaluate the effect on cognitive function of topiramate compared with valproate as add-on therapy to carbamazepine in patients with partial-onset seizures. Epilepsia 41: 1167–78
Alpherts, W. C. J. & Aldenkamp, P. A. (1990). Computerized neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 35–40
Aman, M. G., Werry, J. S., Paxton, J. W. & Turbott, S. H. (1987). Effects of sodium valproate on psychomotor performance in children as a function of drug concentration, fluctuations in concentration and diagnosis. Epilepsia 28: 115–24
Aman, M. G., Werry, J. S., Paxton, J. W., et al. (1990). Effects of carbamazepine on psychomotor performance in children as a function of dose, concentration, seizure type and time of mediation. Epilepsia 31: 51–60
Andrewes, D. G., Bullen, J. G., Tomlinson, L., et al. (1986). A comparative study of the cognitive effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine in new referrals with epilepsy. Epilepsia 27: 128–34
Baeta, E. M., Santana, I. M., Castro, G., et al. (2000). Topiramate therapy in patients with intractable epilepsy: cognitive effects. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 234
Bailet, L. L. & Turk, W. R. (1991). The influence of antiepileptic therapy on academic achievement in childhood-onset epilepsy. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 73
Bailet, L. L. & Turk, W. R. (2000). The impact of childhood epilepsy on neurocognitive and behavior performance: a prospective longitudinal study. Epilepsia 41: 426–31
Banks, G. K. & Beran, R. G. (1991). Neuropsychological assessment in Lamotrigine treated epileptic patients. Clin. Exp. Neurol. 28: 230–37
Barlow, C. F. (1978). Risk factors of infancy and childhood: interrelationship of seizure disorders and mental retardation. In Mental Retardation and Related Disorders, pp. 68–75. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis
Bennett-Levy, J. & Stores, G. (1984). The nature of cognitive dysfunction in schoolchildren with epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 69 (suppl 99): 79–82
Berent, S., Sackellares, J. C., Giordani, B., et al. (1987). Zonisamide (CI-912) and cognition: results from preliminary study. Epilepsia 28: 61–7
Besag, F. C. (2001). Treatment of state-dependent learning disabilities. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 46–9
Billard, C. (1999). Anti-epileptic drugs and cognitive function. In Childhood Epilepsies and Brain Development, ed. A. Nehlig, J. Motte, S. L. Moshe & P. Plouin, pp. 279–88. London: John Libbey & Co
Blank, J. R. & Anderson, R. J. (1983). The effects of anticonvulsant drugs on rehabilitation and employment of epileptics. J. Rehabil. 49: 61–3
Blennow, G., Heijbel, J., Sandstedt, P., et al. (1990). Discontinuation of antiepileptic drugs in children who have outgrown epilepsy: effects on cognitive function. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 50–53
Bourgeois, B. F. D. (2002). Differential cognitive effects of antiepileptic drugs. J. Child Neurol. 17: 2828–33
Bourgeois, B. F. D., Presky, A. I., Palkes, H. S., et al. (1983). Intelligence in epilepsy: a prospective study in children. Ann. Neurol. 14: 438–44
Browne, T. R. (1980). Drug therapy: valproic acid. N. Engl. J. Med. 302: 661–4
Browne, T. R., Dreifuss, F. E., Dyken, P. R., et al. (1975). Ethosuximide (Zarontin) in the treatment of absence (petit mal) seizures. Neurology 25: 515–24
Browne, T. R., Penry, S. K., Porter, R. & Dreifuss, F. (1974). Responsiveness before, during and after spike-wave paroxysms. Neurology 24: 59–66
Burton, L. A. & Harden, C. (1996). Effect of topiramate on attention. Epilepsy Res. 27: 29–32
Butlin, A. I., Danta, G. & Cook, M. L. (1984). Anticonvulsant effects on the memory performance of epileptics. Clin. Exp. Neurol. 20: 27–35
Camfield, P. R., Camfield, C. S., Gates, R., et al. (1986). Changes in serum carbamazepine or carbamazepine-10-11-epoxide levels do not alter reaction time in children with stable epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 20: 428
Camfield, C. S., Chaplin, S., Doyle, A. B., et al. (1977). Side effects of phenobarbital in toddlers: behavior and cognitive aspects. Pediatrics 95: 361–5
Camfield, C. S., Chaplin, S. & Doyle, A. B. (1979). Side effect of phenobarbital in toddlers: behavior and cognitive aspects. J. Pediatr. 95: 361–5
Caner, A. R., Comargo, C. H. P., Cukiert, A., et al. (1991). Cognitive effects of vigabatrin. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 102–3
Chen, Y., Chi Chow, J. & Lee, I. (2001). Comparison of the cognitive effect of antiepileptic drugs in seizure-free children with epilepsy before and after drug withdrawal. Epilepsy Res. 44: 65–70
Coenen, A. M. I., Groothasen, J., van Luijtellar, E. L. J. M., et al. (1991). Effects of discontinuation of carbamazepine and valproate on cognitive functioning in children. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 56–7
Concepcion, S., Werz, M. A., Avery, J., et al. (2000). Tiagabine induced spike-wave stupor in patients with partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 104
Corbett, J. A., Trimble, M. R. & Nichol, T. C. (1985). Behavioral and cognitive impairments in children with epilepsy: the long-term effects of anticonvulsant therapy. J. Am. Acad. Child Psychiatry 24: 17–23
Cornaggia, C. M. & Gobbi, G. (2001). Learning disability in epilepsy: definitions and classification. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 2–5
Coulter, D. L. III, Wu, H. & Allen, R. J. (1980). Valproic acid therapy in childhood epilepsy. JAMA 44: 788
Cull, C. A. (1988). Cognitive function and behavior in children. In Epilepsy, Behavior and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 97–111. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Curran, H. V., Java, R. & Luder, M. H. (1991). Cognitive and psychomotor effects of oxcarbamazepine. 19th International Epilepsy Congress, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 56
Dikmen, S. (1980). Neuropsychological aspects of epilepsy. In A Multidisciplinary Handbook of Epilepsy, ed. B. P. Hermann, pp. 236–73. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Dodrill, C. B. (1975). Diphenylhydantoin serum levels, toxicity and neuropsychological performance in patients with epilepsy. Epilepsia 16: 593–600
Dodrill, C. B. (1976). Psychology. In Textbook of Epilepsy, ed. J. Laidlaw & A. Reichens, Vol. II, pp. 282–91, New York: Churchill Livingstone
Dodrill, C. B. (1980). Neuropsychological evaluation in epilepsy. In Epilepsy: A Window to Brain Mechanisms, ed. J. S. Lockard & A. A. Ward, Jr, pp. 231–41. New York: Raven Press
Dodrill, C. B. (1998). The effects of seizures and various AEDs on cognition. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Diego, CA, 1998
Dodson, W. E. (1988). Aspects of antiepileptic treatment in children. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3): 10–14
Doherty, K. T. & Gates, J. R. (1999). Use of topiramate in the cognitively impaired. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 62
Dreifuss, F. E. (1983). Pediatric Epileptology. Boston, MA: John Wright PSG Inc
Duncan, J. S., Shorvon, S. D. & Trimble, M. R. (1990). Effects of removal of phenytoin, carbamazepine and valproate on cognitive function. Epilepsia 31: 584–91
Farnham, S. J., Reisse, G. L., Gustafson, M., et al. (1999). Effect of topiramate on cognitive test performance. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 52
Farrell, K., Jan, J. E., Julian, J. V., et al. (1984). Clobazam in children with intractable seizures. Epilepsia 25: 657
Farwell, J. R., Lee, Y. J., Hirtz, D. G., et al. (1990). Phenobarbital for febrile seizures – effects on intelligence and on seizure recurrence. N. Engl. J. Med. 322: 364–9
Fenelon, B., Holland, J. T. & Johnson, C. (1972). Spatial organization of the EEG in children with reading disabilities: a study using nitrazepam. Cortex 8: 444–64
Forsythe, I. Butler, R., Berg, I. & McGuire, R. (1991). Cognitive impairment in new cases of epilepsy randomly assigned to carbamazepine, phenytoin and sodium valproate. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 33: 524–34
Gadow, K. D. (1982). School involvement in the treatment of seizure disorders. Epilepsia 23: 215–24
Gallassi, R., Morreale, A., Lorusso, S., et al. (1988). Carbamazepine and phenytoin, comparison of cognitive effects in epileptic patients during monotherapy and withdrawal. Arch. Neurol. 45: 892–4
Gallassi, R., Morreale, A., Lorusso, S., et al. (1990). Cognitive effects of valproate. Epilepsy Res. 5: 160–64
Gendron, C. N., Garnett, W. R., Culbert, J., et al. (1991). The association between valproate serum concentrations and cognitive function. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 49
Gillham, R. A., Blacklaw, J., McKel, P. J., et al. (1993). Effect of vigabatrin on sedation and cognitive function in patients with refractory epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 56: 1271–5
Giordani, B., Berent, S., Sackellares, J. C., et al. (1985). Intelligence test performance of patients with partial and generalized seizures. Epilepsia 26: 37–42
Giordani, B., Sackallares, J. C., Miller, S., et al. (1983). Improvements in neuropsychological performance in patients with refractory seizures after intensive diagnostic and therapeutic intervention. Neurology 33: 489–93
Glaser, G. H. (1972). Diphenylhydantoin toxicity. In Antiepileptic Drugs, ed. D. M. Woodbury, J. K. Penry & R. P. Schmidt, pp. 219–26. New York: Raven Press
Goldberg, J. F. & Burdick, K. E. (2001). Cognitive side effects of anticonvulsants. J. Clin. Psychiatry 62 (suppl 14): 10–15
Green, J. B., Walcoff, M. & Lucke, J. F. (1982). Phenytoin prolongs far-field somatosensory and auditory evoked potential interpeak latencies. Neurology 32: 58–88
Guey, J., Charles, C., Coquery, C., et al. (1967). Study of psychological defects of ethosuximide (Zarontin) on 25 children suffering from petit mal epilepsy. Epilepsia 8: 129–41
Gutierrez, A., Dreifuss, F. E., Santilli, N., et al. (1984). Psychiatric symptoms associated with progabide. Epilepsia 25: 657
Hara, H. & Fukuyama, Y. (1989). Sustained attention during the interictal period of mentally normal children with epilepsy or febrile convulsions and the influence of anticonvulsants and seizures on attention. Jpn. J. Psychiatry Neurol. 43: 411–16
Harding, G. F. A. & Pullen, J. J. (1977). The effect of sodium valproate in the EEG, the photosensitive range, the CNV and reaction time. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 43: 465
Harding, G. F. A., Pullen, J. J. & Drasdo, N. (1980). The effect of sodium valproate and other anticonvulsants on performance in children and adolescents. In The Place of Sodium Valproate in the Treatment of Epilepsy, ed. M. J. Parsonage & A. D. S. Caldwell, pp. 61–71. London: Royal Society of Medicine and Academic Press
Hartlage, L. C., Stovall, K. & Kocack, B. (1980). Behavioral correlates of anticonvulsant blood levels. Epilepsia 21: 185
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Hosking, G., Spencer, S. & Yuen, A. W. C. (1993). Lamotrigine in children with severe developmental abnormalities in a pediatric population with refractory seizures. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 42
Hutt, S. J., Jackson, P. M., Belsham, A. & Higgers, G. (1968). Perceptual motor behavior in relation to blood phenobarbital level: a preliminary report. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 10: 626–32
Jampaque, I., Dellatolas, G., Dulac, O., et al. (1991). Verbal and visual memory impaired in children with epilepsy. Neuropsychologia 31: 1321–7
Jeavens, P. M. (1977). Choice of drug therapy in epilepsy. Practitioner 219: 542–56
Jeavens, P. M. & Clark, J. E. (1974). Sodium valproate in the treatment of epilepsy. Br. Med. J. 2: 584–6
Jus, A. & Jus, K. (1962). Retrograde amnesia in petit mal. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 6: 163–7
Kalviainen, R., Aikia, M., Partanen, J., et al. (1991). Randomized controlled pilot study of vigabatrin versus carbamazepine monotherapy in newly diagnosed patients with epilepsy: an interim report. J. Child Neurol. 6: 60–69
Kelly, K., Stephen, L. J., Sills, G. J., et al. (2002). Topiramate in patients with learning disability and refractory epilepsy. Epilepsia 43: 399–402
Kimura, D. (1961). Cerebral dominance and the perception of verbal stimuli. Can. J. Psychol. 15: 166–71
Koch, S., Titze, K., Zimmermann, R. B., et al. (1999). Long-term neuropsychological consequences of maternal epilepsy and anticonvulsant treatment during pregnancy for school-age children and adolescents. Epilepsia 40: 1237–43
Ladadavas, E., Umilta, C. & Provinciali, L. (1979). Hemisphere dependent cognitive performances in epileptic patients. Epilepsia 20: 493–502
Laidlaw, J. & Richens, A. (1976). Fits in childhood: education. In A textbook of Epilepsy, ed. J. Laidlaw & A. Richens, pp. 101–2, London: Churchill Livingstone
Lairy, G. C. & Goas, A. L. (1985). Epilepsy in child psychiatry: effects of treatment by dipropylacetic acid. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 43: 557–8
Leach, J. P., Girvan, J., Paul, A., et al. (1997). Gabapentin and cognition: a double blind, dose ranging, placebo-controlled study in refractory epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 62: 372–6
Levy, R. H., Loiseau, P., Guyot, M., et al. (1984). Stirpental kinetics in epileptic patients: non-linearity and interactions. Epilepsia 25: 675
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C. & Richards, P. (1980). Long-term outcome I children with temporal lobe seizures IV Genetic factors, febrile convulsions and remission of seizures. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 22: 429–39
Loring, D. W. & Meador, K. J. (2001). Cognitive and behavior effects of epilepsy treatment. Epilepsia. 42 (suppl 8): 24–32
MacLeod, C. M., Dekaban, A. S. & Hunt, E. (1978). Memory impairment in epileptic patients: selective effects of phenobarbital concentration. Science 202: 1102–4
Mandelbaum, D. E., Kugler, S. L., Wenger, E. C., et al. (2001). Clinical experience with levetiracetam and Zonisamide in children with uncontrolled epilepsy. Epilepsia 42 (supp 7): 183
Martin, N. F., Movarrekhi, M. & Gisiger, M. G. (1965). Etude de quelques effets du Tegretol sur une population d'enfants epilepticques. Schweiz Med. Wochenschr. 95: 982–9
Matthews, C. G. & Harley, J. P. (1975). Cognitive and motor-sensory performances in toxic and non-toxic epileptic subjects. Neurology 25: 184–8
Mayeux, R., Brandt, J., Rosen, J., et al. (1980). Interictal memory and language impairment in temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurology 30: 120–25
McCuiston, M., Hartlage, L. C. & Noonan, M. (1983). Stability of correlations between serum phenobarbital levels and neuropsychological test performance. Clin. Neuropsychol. 5: 46
McQuire, A. M., Duncan, J. S. & Trimble, M. S. (1991). Effects of vigabatrin on cognitive function and mood when used as add-on therapy in patients with intractable epilepsy. Epilepsia 33: 128–34
Meador, K. J. (2001). The effects of antiepileptic drugs on memory. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 219
Meador, K. J. (2002). Cognitive outcomes and predictive factors in epilepsy. Neurology 58 (suppl 5): 21–8
Meador, K. J., Kamin, M., Hulihan, J., et al. (2001). Cognitive functions in adults with epilepsy: effect of topiramate and valproate added to carbamazepine. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 2): 75
Meador, K. J., Loring, D. W., Moore, E. E., et al. (1995). Comparative cognitive effects of phenobarbital, phenytoin, and valproate in healthy adults. Neurology 45: 1494–9
Meador, K. J., Loring, D. W., Ray, P. G., et al. (1999). Differential cognitive effects of carbamazepine and gabapentin. Epilepsia 40: 1279–85
Meador, K. J., Loring, D. W., Ray, P. G., et al. (2000). Effects of carbamazepine and lamotrigine on interrelation of neuropsychological measures. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 235
Meador, K. J., Loring, D. W., Ray, P. G., et al. (2001). Differential cognitive and behavioral effects of carbamazepine and lamotrigine. Neurology 56: 1177–82
Mirsky, A. F. (1960). The relationship between paroxysmal EEG activity and performance on a vigilance task in epileptic patients. Am. Psychol. 15: 486
Mirsky, A. F. & Kornetsky, C. (1964). On the dissimilar effects of drugs on the digit symbol substation and continuous performance tests. Psychopharmacologia 5: 161–77
Mitchell, W. G. & Chavez, J. M. (1987). Carbamazepine versus phenobarbital for partial onset seizures in children. Epilepsia 28: 56–60
Mitchell, W. G., Chavez, J. M., Zhon, Y., et al. (1988). Carbamazepine influences reaction time and impulsivity in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 29: 681
Nolte, R., Wetzel, B., Brugmann, G., et al. (1980). Effects of phenytoin and primidone monotherapy on mental performance in children. In Antiepileptic Therapy: Advances in Drug Monitoring, ed. S. I. Johannesen, P. L. Morselli, C. E. Pippenger, et al., pp. 81–6. New York: Raven Press
O'Dougherty, M., Wright, F. S., Cox, S., et al. (1987). Carbamazepine plasma concentration relationship to cognitive impairment. Arch. Neurol. 44: 853–6, 863–7
Ozdirim, E., Renda, Y. & Epur, S. (1978). Effects of phenytoin and phenobarbital upon the behavior of epileptic children. In Advances in Epileptology 1977: Psychology, Pharmacotherapy and New Diagnostic Approaches, ed. H. Meinardi & A. Rowan, pp. 120–23. Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger
Pakalnis, A., Drake, M. E. & Denio, I. (1989). Valproate associated encephalopathy. J. Epilepsy 2: 41–4
Panel (1998). Questions and answers. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Diego, CA, 1998
Pellock, J. M. (1990). Risk vs. benefits of antiepileptic drug therapy. Int. Pediatr. 5: 177–81
Potolicchio, S. J., Jr, Gut, A. M. & Beaumanoir, A. (1985). Alertness in epileptics: pharmacological and psychometric study. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 43: 541
Puente, R. M. (1975). The use of carbamazepine in the treatment of behavioral disorders in children. In Epileptic Seizures – Behavior – Pain, ed. W. Berkmayer, pp. 243–52. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Raza, A. M. M. & Fiol, M. (2000). Topirimate can cause non-convulsive status epilepticus. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 220
Reila, A. R. (1998). Special population: cognitive concerns in neorates, the mentally handicapped, and school-aged children. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, San Diego, CA, 1998
Reinisch, J. M., Sanders, S. A., Mortensen, E. L., et al. (1995). In utero exposure to phenobarbital and intelligence deficits in adult men. JAMA 274: 1518–25
Reinvang, I., Bjartvei, S., Johannessen, S. I., et al. (1991). Cognitive function and time-of-day variation in serum carbamazepine concentrations in epileptic patients treated with monotherapy. Epilepsia 32: 116–21
Rett, A. (1976). The so-called psychoatropic effect of Tegretol in the treatment of convulsions of cerebral oigin in children. In Epileptic Seizures – Behaivor – Pain, ed. W. Birkmayer, pp. 194–204. Bern: Hans Huber
Reynolds, E. H. (1981). Biological factors in psychological disorders associated with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 264–90. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Reynolds, E. H. (1983). Mental effects of antiepileptic medication: a review. Epilepsia 14 (suppl 2): 85–95
Reynolds, E. H. (1985). Antiepileptic drugs and psychopathology. In The Psychopharmacology of Epilepsy, ed. M. R. Trimble, pp. 49–65. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Reynolds, E. H. & Shorvon, S. D. (1981). Monotherapy or polytherapy for epilepsy? Epilepsia 22: 1–10
Reynolds, E. H. & Travers, R. D. (1974). Serum anticonvulsant concentrations in epileptic patients with mental symptoms. Br. J. Psychiatry 124: 440–45
Riva, D., Milani, N., Pantaleoni, C., et al. (1991). The influence of antiepileptic drugs on cognitive functions in children. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 57
Rodin, E. A., Choon So Run, Kitano, H., et al. (1976). A comparison of the effectiveness of primidone versus carbamazepine in epileptic out patients. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 163: 41–6
Rodin, E. A., Schmaltz, S. & Twirty, G. (1986). Intellectual functions of patients with childhood-onset epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 28: 25–33
Rosen, J. A. (1968). Dilantin dementia. Trans. Am. Neurol. Assoc. 93: 273
Rugland, A. L. (1990). Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 41–4
Rutter, M. & Yule, W. (1975). The concept of specific reading retardation. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 16: 181–97
Sackellares, J. C., Soo, I. I. & Dreifuss, F. E. (1979). Stupor followed by administration of valproic acid in patients receiving other anti-epileptic drugs. Epilepsia 20: 697–703
Salinsky, M. C., Binder, L. M., Oken, B. S., et al. (2000). Effects of chronic gabapentin and carbamazepine treatment on EEG, alertness and cognition in healthy volunteers. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 151
Sato, S., Penry, J., Dreifuss, F. E., et al. (1977). Clonazepam in the treatment of absence seizures: a double-blind clinical trial. Neurology 27: 371
Schain, R. J. (1983). Carbamazepine and cognitive functioning. In Antiepileptic Drug Therapy, ed. P. L. Morselli, C. E. Pippenger & J. K. Penry, pp. 189–91. New York: Raven Press
Schain, R. J., Ward, J. W. & Guthrie, D. (1977). Carbamazepine as an anticonvulsant in children. Neurology 27: 476–80
Shinnar, S. (1991). Treatment decisions in childhood epilepsy. In Epilepsy in Childhood and Its Treatment, ed. W. E. Dodson & J. M. Pellock, pp. 215–22. New York: Demos
Shinnar, S., Vining, P. G., Mellits, E. D., et al. (1985). Discontinuing antiepileptic medication in children with epilepsy after two years without seizures. N. Engl. J. Med. 313: 976–80
Shorvon, S. D. & Reynolds, E. H. (1979). Reduction of polypharmacy for epilepsy Br. Med. J. 2: 1023–5
Somerfield-Ziskind, E. & Ziskind, E. (1940). Effect of phenobarbital on the mentality of epileptic patients. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 43: 70–79
Sommerbeck, K. W., Theilgaard, A., Rusmussen, K. E., et al. (1977). Valproate sodium: evaluation of so-called psychotropic effects: a controlled study. Epilepsia 18: 159–67
Sonnen, A. E. H., Zelvelder, W. H. & Bruens, J. H. (1975). A double blind study of the influence of dipropylacetate on behavior. Acta. Neurol. Scand. Suppl. 60: 43–7
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–92
Stores, G. (1973). Studies of attention and seizure disorders. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 15: 376–82
Stores, G. (1975). Behavioral effects of antiepileptic drugs. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 17: 647–58
Stores, G. (1976). The investigation and management of school children with epilepsy. Publ. Health, Lond. 90: 171–7
Stores, G. (1978). School children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1990). Electroencephalographic parameters in assessing the cognitive function of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 45–9
Stores, G. & Hart, J. (1976). Reading skills of children with generalized or focal epilepsy attending ordinary school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 705–16
Stores, G. & Piran, N. (1978). Dependency of different types in school children with epilepsy. Psychol. Med. 8: 441
Svoboda W. B. (1979). Anticonvulsant side effects: idiosyncratic reactions. In Learning About Epilepsy, p. 129. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Theodore, W. H. & Porter, R. J. (1983). Removal of sedative–hypnotic antiepileptic drugs from the regimens of patients with intractable epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 13: 320–24
Thompson, P. J. (1983). Phenytoin and psychosocial development. In Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Pediatrics, ed. P. Morselli, C. E. Pippinger & J. K. Penry, pp. 193–200. New York: Raven Press
Thompson, P. J. & Huppert, F. (1980). Problems in the development of measures to test cognitive performance in adult epileptic patients. In Epilepsy and Behaivor'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 37–42. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Thompson, P. J. & Trimble, M. R. (1981). Sodium valproate and cognitive functioning in normal volunteers. Br. J. Clin. Pharmacol. 12: 819–24
Thompson, P. J. & Trimble, M. R. (1982a). Anticonvulsant drugs and cognitive functions. Epilepsia 23: 531–44
Thompson, P. J. & Trimble, M. R. (1982b). Comparative effects of anticonvulsants on cognitive functioning. Br. J. Clin. Pract. 18 (suppl): 154–6
Thompson, P. J. & Trimble, M. R. (1982c). Sodium valproate and cognitive functioning in normal volunteers. Br. J. Clin. Pharmacol. 12: 819–24
Thompson, P. J. & Trimble, M. R. (1983). Anticonvulsant serum levels: relationship to impairments of cognitive functioning. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 46: 227–33
Thompson, P. J., Cross, G., Baxendale, S. A., et al. (1999). Changes in intellect and verbal processing in association with topiramate treatment. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 50
Thompson, P. J., Huppert, F. & Trimble, M. R. (1981). Phenytoin and cognitive functions: effect on normal volunteers and implications of epilepsy. Br. J. Clin. Psychol. 20: 155–62
Trimble, M. (1980). Antiepileptic drugs and behaivor – discussion notes. In Epilepsy and Behaivor'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, E. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 76–9. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Trimble, M. R. (1982). Anticonvulsant drugs and hysterical seizures. In Pseudoseizures, ed. T. L. Riley & A. Roy, pp. 148–58. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
Trimble, M. R. (1983). Anticonvulsant drugs and psychosocial development: phenobarbitone, sodium valproate and benzodiazepines. In Antiepilepsy Drug Therapy in Pediatrics, ed. P. L. Morselli, C. E. Pippenger & J. K. Penry, pp. 201–12. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. (1987). Anticonvulsant drugs and cognitive function: a review of the literature. Epilepsia 28: 37–45
Trimble, M. R. (1988). Anticonvulsant drugs: mood and cognitive functions. In Epilepsy, Behaivor and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 135–45. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Trimble, M. R. (1990). Antiepileptic drugs, cognitive function and behavior in children: evidence from recent studies. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 30–4
Trimble, M. R. & Corbett, J. A. (1980a). Behavioral and cognitive disturbances in epileptic children. Irish Med. J. 73 (suppl): 21–8
Trimble, M. R. & Corbett, J. A. (1980b). Anticonvulsant drugs and cognitive function. In Advances in Epileptology: The Xth Epilepsy International Symposium, ed. J. A. Wada & J. K. Penry, pp. 113–20. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. & Cull, C. (1990). Children of school age: the influence of antiepileptic drugs on behavior and intellect. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3): 13–19
Trimble M. R. Reynolds, E. H. (1976). Anticonvulsant drugs and mental symptoms. Psychol. Med. 6: 169–78
Trimble, M. R. & Thompson, P. J. (1981). Memory, anticonvulsant drugs and seizures. Acta Neurol. Scand. 64 (suppl 89): 31–41
Trimble, M. R. & Thompson, P. J. (1983). Anticonvulsant drugs, cognitive function and behavior. Epilespia 24 (suppl 1): 55–63
Trimble, M. R. & Thompson, P. J. (1984a). Anticonvulsant drugs and cognitive function. Epilepsia 25: 642
Trimble, M. R. & Thompson, P. J. (1984b). Sodium valproate and cognitive function. Epilepsia 25 (suppl 1): 60–4
Trimble, M. R. & Thompson, P. J. (1985). Anticonvulsant drugs and cognitive function. Ann. Neurol. 18: 412
Turner, M. (1977). Appearance, disappearance and migration of EEG foci in child hood. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 43: 578
Turrentine, L. K. A., Martin, R. C., Gilliam, F. G., et al. (1999). Differential cognitive effects of carbamazepine and gabapentin in healthy senior adults. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 83
Vallarta, J. M., Bell, D. B. & Reichert, A. (1976). Progressive encephalopathy due to chronic hydantoin intoxication. Am. J. Dis. Child 128: 27–34
Vining, E. P. G. (1990). Cognitive and behavioral side effects of antiepileptic drugs. Int. Pediatr. 5: 182
Vining, E. P. G., Botsford, E. & Freeman, J. M. (1979). Valproate sodium in refractory seizures. Am. J. Dis. Child 133: 274–6
Vining, E. P. G., Mellits, E. D., Cataldo, M. F., et al. (1983). Effects of phenobarbital and sodium valproate on neuropsychological functions and behavior. Ann. Neurol. 14: 360
Vining, E. P. G., Mellits, E. D., Dorsen, M. M., et al. (1987). Psychologic and behavioral effects of antiepileptic drugs in children: a double blind comparison between phenobarbital and valproic acid. Pediatrics 80: 165–74
Vinten, J., Gorry, J. & Baker, G. A. (2001). The long-term neuropsychological development of children exposed to antiepileptic drugs in utero. The Liverpool and Manchester Neurodevelopmental Study Group. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 293–4
Wapner, I., Thurston, D. L. & Hollowach, J. (1962). Phenobarbital: its effects on learning in epileptic children. JAMA 182: 937
Waxman, S. G. & Geschwind, N. (1975). The interictal behavior syndrome of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 32: 1580–86
Wilner, A. (2002). Antiepileptic reduces seizures in children and adults. CNS News 4: 16
Wilson, A., Petty, R., Perry, A., et al. (1983). Paroxysmal language disturbance in an epileptic treated with clobazam. Neurology 33: 652–4
Wolf, S. M. (1979). Controversies in the treatment of febrile convulsions. Neurology 29: 287–90
Zavyazkina, N. (1998). Carbamazepine effect on cognitive functions of patients with epilepsy. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 120

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Binnie, C. D., Channon, S. & Marston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: neurophysiological aspects. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 2–8
Blakemore, C. B. & Falconer, M. I. A. (1967). Long-term effects of anterior temporal lobectomy on certain cognitive functions. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 30: 364–7
Chelune, G. J., Van Ness, P. C., Naugle, R. I., et al. (1993). Comparison of memory deficits after frontal and temporal lobe epilepsy surgery. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 101
Chiaravalloti, N. D. & Glosser, G. (2001). Material-specific memory changes after anterior temporal lobectomy as predicted by the intracarotid amobarbital test. Epilepsia 42: 902–11
Cornaggia, C. M. & Gobbi, G. (2001). Learning disability in epilepsy: definitions and classification. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 2–5
Cukiert, M., Canar-Cukiert, A. R., et al., (2001). Neuropsychological effects of anterior callosal sections. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 249
Delaney, R. C., Rosen, A. J., Mattson, R. H., et al. (1980). Memory function in focal epilepsy: a comparison of non-surgical unilateral temporal lobe and frontal lobe samples. Cortex 16: 103–17
Dikmen, S. (1980). Neuropsychological aspects of epilepsy. In Multidisciplinary Handbook of Epilepsy, ed. B. P. Herman, pp. 236–73. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Durwen, H. F. (1991). Comparison of verbal memory performance in therapy-resistant left temporal lobe epilepsy patients before and after left temporal lobe resection. 19th International Epilepsy Conference. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 10): 39
Gleissner, U., Helmstaedter, C., Schramm, J., et al. (2002). Memory outcome after selective amygdalohippocampectomy: a study in 140 patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 43: 87–95
Gotman, M. (2001). Learning and memory before and after resection from temporal lobes. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 219
Grote, C. L., Morrell, F. & Whisler, W. W. (1991). Verbal memory following dominant hippocampal resection: a comparison of two approaches. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 87
Helmstaedter, C. & Elger, C. E. (1998). Functional plasticity after left anterior temporal lobectomy: reconstruction and compensation of verbal memory functions. Epilepsia 39: 399–406
Hempel, A., Risse, G. L., Frost, M. D., et al. (2001). Neuropsychological outcomes of dominant frontal topectomy in children and adolescents. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 160
Hoppe, C., Helmstaaedter, C. & Elger, C. E. (1999). Cognitive effects of acute and chronic vagus nerve stimulus – a reply to Clark et al. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 84
Kitchen, N. D., Thompson, P. J., Fish, D. R., et al. (1993). Neuropsychological sequelae after temporal neocortical lesionectomy: comparison with temporal lobectomy. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 71
Klove, H. & Matthews, C. G. (1967). Differential psychological performance in major motor, psychomotor and mixed seizure classification of known and unknown etiology. Epilepsia 8: 117–28
Lee, G. P., Park, Y. D., Hempel, A., et al. (2001). Effect of WADA method in predicting lateralized impairment in pediatric epilepsy surgery candidates. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 160–61
Lendt, M., Helmstaedtet, C. & Elger, C. E. (1999). Pre- and postoperative neuropsychological profiles in children and adolescents with temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 40: 1543–50
Loring, D. W. & Meador, K. J. (2001). Cognitive and behavior effects of epilepsy treatment. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 8): 24–32
Matsuzaka, T., Baba, H., Matsuo, A., et al. (2001). Developmental assessment based surgical intervention for intractable epilepsies in infants and young children. Proceedings of the 33rd Congress of the Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 6): 9–12
Meador, K. J. (2002). Cognitive outcomes and predictive factors in epilepsy. Neurology 58: (suppl 5): 21–8
Meyer, V. & Yates, V. J. (1955). Intellectual changes following temporal lobectomy for psychomotor epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 18: 44–52
Milner, B. (1968). Disorders of memory after brain lesions in man. Preface: material specific and generalized memory loss. Neuropsychologica 6: 175–7
Milner, B. (1975). Psychological aspects of focal epilepsy and its neurosurgical management. In Neurosurgical Management of the Epilepsies, ed. D. P. Purpura, J. K. Penry & R. D. Walter, Vol. 8, pp. 299–321. New York: Raven Press
Milner, B. & Scoville, W. B. (1957). Loss of recent memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 20: 11–21
Noldy-MacLedan, N. E., Hansen, J. & Curtis, R. (2001). Neurodevelopmental advances in children on the ketogenic diet: a pilot study. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 161
Novelly, R. A., Augustine, E. A., Mattson, R. H., et al. (1984). Selective memory improvement and impairment in temporal lobectomy for epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 15: 64–7
Powell, G. E., Polkey, C. E. & McMillan, T. (1975). The new Maudsley series of temporal lobectomy. I: short-term cognitive effects. Br. J. Clin. Psychol. 24: 109–24
Rausch, R. (1981). Lateralization of temporal lobe dysfunction and verbal encoding Brain Lang. 12: 92–100
Ravdin, L. S. D., Harden, C. L., Correa, D. D., et al. (2000). Memory and mood following vagus nerve stimulation for intractable epilepsy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 136
Read, D. E. (1981). Solving deductive reasoning problems after unilateral temporal lobectomy. Brain Lang. 12: 116–27
Sass, K. J., Westerveld, M., Buchanan, C. P., et al. (1994). Degree of hippocampal neuron loss determines severity of verbal memory decrease after left anteromesiotemporal lobectomy. Epilepsia 35: 1179–86
Seidenberg, M., Hermann, B. P., Dohan, F. C., Jr, et al. (1996). Hippocampal sclerosis and verbal encoding ability following anterior temporal lobectomy. Neuropsychology 34: 699–708
Serafetindes, E. A. (1969). Memory for words and memory for numbers. J. Learn. Disabil. 2: 142–3
Shurtleff, H. A., Bournival, B. D., Ellenbogen, R. G., et al. (2001). Verbal learning changes in children/adolescents after temporal lobectomy (TLE). Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 199
Smith, M. L., Elliott, I. M. & Lach, L. (2002). Cognitive skills in children with intractable epilepsy: comparison of surgical and nonsurgical candidates. Epilepsia 46: 621–7
Smith, M. L., Lach, L. M. & Elliot, I. M. (2000). Reasoning, remembering, and academics in children with epilepsy: does surgery make a difference? Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 81
Snyder, T. J., Sinclair, D. B., McKean, J. D., et al. (2001). Memory morbidity post temporal lobectomy in preadolescent children. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 163
Stanulis, R. G. & Fogel, G. (1984). Changes in visual spatial organization and memory ion epilepsy patients following temporal lobectomy. Epilepsia 25: 665
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–92
Trenerry, M. R., Jack, C. R., Jr, Ivnik, R. J., et al. (1993). MRI hippocampal volumes and memory function before and after temporal lobectomy. Neurology 43: 1800–805
Vargha-Kahdem, F. (2001). Generalized versus selective cognitive impairments resulting from brain damage sustained in childhood. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 37–40
Westerveld, M., Zawacki, T., Spencer, S. S., et al. (1993). Epilepsy surgery in children and adolescents. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 36

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aarts, J. H. P., Binnie, C. D., Smith, A. M., et al. (1984). Selective cognitive impairment during focal and generalized epileptiform EEG activity. Brain 107: 293–308
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J. & Dekker, M. J. A. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilespia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Alpherts, W. C. J. & Aldenkamp, A. P. (1990). Computerized neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilespia 31 (suppl 4): 35–40
Binnie, C. D. (1988). Seizures, EEG discharges and cognition. In Epilepsy, Behavior and Cogntive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 45–51. London: John Wiley & Sons
Binnie, C. D. (2001). Panel Discussion I. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble. Epilespia 42: 2–5
Binnie, C. D., Chanon, S. & Maston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: neuropsychological aspects. Epilespia 31 (suppl 4): 2–8
Cornaggia, C. M. & Gobbi, G. (2001). Learning disability in epilepsy: definitions and classification. In Epilepsia and Learning Disability, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble. Epilespia 42: 2–5
Dodson, W. W., Kinsbourne, M. & Hildbrunner, B. (1991). The Assessment of Cognitive Function in Epilepsy. New York: Demos
Hawkins, R. C. II, Hubler, D. W. & Geis, S. (1985). Neuropsychological assessment as a component of comprehensive treatment planning with seizure-disordered children. Epilespia 26: 529
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Holmes, G. L. (1987). Psychosocial factors in childhood epilepsy. In Diagnosis and Management of Epilepsy in Children, pp. 112–24. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Kanazawa, O., Yoshino, M., Sasagawa, M., et al. (2000). VIQ-PIQ discrepancies in partial epilepsy on the relation to lateralities of focal MRI lesions, P3 peaks and focal spikes. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilespia 41 (suppl 9): 64
Kanemoto, K., Kawasaki, J. & Mori, E. (1999). Violence and epilepsy: a close correlation between violence and postictal psychoses. Epilespia 40: 107–9
Rugland, A. L. (1990a). Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive functioning in children with epilepsy. Epilespia 31 (suppl 4): 41–4
Rugland, A. (1990b). Subclinical epileptogenic activity. In Pediatric Epilepsy, ed. M. Sillarpaa, S. I. Johnanessen, G. Blennow & M. Dam, pp. 217–23. London: Wrightson Biomedical
Rutter, M. (1977). Brain-damage syndromes. I: childhood: concepts and findings. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 18: 1–21
Stores, G. (1987). Effects of learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Mienardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G. (1990). Electroencephalographic parameters in assessing the cognitive function of children with epilepsy. Epilespia 31 (suppl 4): 5–49
Stores, G. & Bergel, N. (1989). Clinical utility of cassette EEG in children with seizure disorders. In Ambulatory EEG Monitoring, ed. J. S. Ebersole, pp. 129–39. New York: Raven Press
Strang, J. D. (1987). Educational and related treatment considerations concerning the child with epilepsy: a developmental approach. In Education and Epilepsy, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 118–34. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and learning problems. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 186–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Syrigou-Papavasiliou, A., LeWitt, P. A., Green, V., et al. (1985). P300 and temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilespia 26: 528
Von Isser, A. (1977). Psycholinguistic abilities in children with epilepsy. Exceptional Children February: 270–72
Wirt, R. D., Lachar, D., Klinedinst, J. K., et al. (1977). Multidimensional Description of Child Personality: AS Manual for the Personality Inventory for Children. Los Angeles: Western Psychological Services
Zimmerman, F. T., Burgemeister, B. B. & Putnam, T. J. (1951). Intellectual and emotional makeup of the epileptic. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 65: 545–56

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aldenkamp, A. P. (1987). Learning disabilities in epilepsy. In Education and Epilepsy, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 21–38. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Besag, F. C. (2001). Treatment of state-dependent learning disabilities. In Epilepsy and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble. Epilespia 42 (suppl 10): 46–9
Blennow, G., Heijbel, J., Sandstedt P., et al. (1990). Discontinuation of antiepileptic drugs to children who have outgrown epilepsy: effects on cognitive function. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 50–53
Commission for the Control of Epilepsy and Its Consequences (1977–8). Plan for Nationwide Action on Epilepsy, Vol. I, Chapters 3, 8, and 11. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke
Dam, M. (1990). Children with epilepsy: the effects of seizures, syndromes and etiological factors on cognitive functioning Epilespia 31 (suppl 4): 26–9
Dodson, W. E. (1988). Aspects of antiepileptic treatment in children. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3): 10–14
Gourley, R. (1990). Educational policies. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 59–60
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Kerr, M. & Bowley, C. (2001). Multidisciplinary and multi-agency contributions to care for those with learning disability who have epilepsy. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble Epilepsia 42: 46–9
Moerland, C. (1987). Subtypes of learning disabilities in epilepsy. In Education and Epilepsy, eds. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alperts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 38–50. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Palfrey, J. S., Mervis, R. C. & Butler, J. A. (1978). New directions in the evolution of handicapped law: the physician's role on Public Law 94–142. N. Engl. J. Med. 298: 891
Purvis, P. O. (1991). The public laws for education of the disabled – the pediatrician's role. Dev. Behav. Pediatr. 12: 327–39
Radley, R. (1987). The educational needs of children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Eduaction 1987, ed. J. Oxley & G. Stores, pp. 9–15, London: Medical Tribune Group
Renier, W. O. (1987). Restrictive factors in the education of children with epilepsy from a medical point of view. In Education and Epilepsy 1987, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 3–14. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Rodin, E. A., Rennick, P., Dennerll, R., et al. (1972). Vocational and educational problems of epileptic patients. Epilepsia 13: 149–60
Rugland, A. L., Bjornaes, H., Henricksen, O., et al. (1987). The development of computerized tests as a routine procedure in clinical EEG practice for the evolution of cognitive changes in patients with epilepsy. 17th Epilepsy International Congress. Epilepsia 28 (suppl): 207
Scheiber, B. (1977). You have rights – use them! In Closer Look, Special issue of Fall. Washington, DC: National Information Center for the Handicapped
Stores, G. (1978). Schoolchildren with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and learning problems. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 186–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Thompson, P. J. (1987). Educational attainment in children and young people with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Education 1987, ed. J. Oxley & G. Stores, pp. 15–24. London: Medical Tribune Group
Thompson, P. J. & Trimble, M. R. (1982). Anticonvulsant drugs and cognitive functions. Epilepsia 23: 531–44
Tomlinson, L., Andrews, D. G., Merrifield, E., et al. (1982). The effects of antiepileptic drugs on cognitive and motor functions. Br. J. Clin. Pract. 18 (suppl): 177–83
Trimble, M. R. (1990). Antiepileptic drugs, cognitive function and behavior in children, evidence from recent studies. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 30–34

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Bagley, C. R. (1970). The educational performance of children with epilepsy. Br. J. Educ. Psychol. 140: 82–3
Cornaggia, C. M. & Gobbi, G. (2001). Learning disability in epilepsy: definitions and classification. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 2–5
Frostig, M. (1963). Visual perception in the brain-injured child. Am. J. Orthopsychiatry 33: 665–71
Frostig, M. (1964). The Frostig Program for the Development of Visual Perception. Chicago: Follett
Frostig, M. (1966). Developmental Test of Visual Perception. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press
Frostig, M. (1970). The Developmental Program in Visual Perception. Ohio: Teaching Guide Follet
Frostig, M. (1973). Learning Problems in the Classroom: Prevention and Remediation. New York: Grune and Stratton
Frostig, M. & Horn, H. (1964). The Frostig Program for the Development of Visual Perception. Chicago: Follett
Frostig, M. & Maslow, R. (1961). Visual perception and early education. In Learning Disabilities: Introduction to Educational and Medical Management, ed. L. Tarnopol, pp. 217–37. Springfield, IL: Chas C. Thomas
Frostig, M. & Maslow, P. (1973). Learning Problems in the Classroom. New York: Grune and Stratton
Frostig, M., Lefever, W. & Wittlesey, J. (1963). Disturbance in visual perception. J. Educ. Res. 57: 160–62
Gourley, R. (1990). Educational policies. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 59–60
Henricksen, O. (1990). Education and epilepsy: assessment and remediation. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 21–5
Kanemoto, K., Kawasaki, J. & Mori, E. (1999). Violence and epilepsy: a close relation between violence and post-ictal psychosis. Epilepsia 40: 107–9
Laidlaw, J. & Richens, A. (1976). Fits in children: education. In A Textbook of Epilepsy, pp. 101–2. London & New York: Churchill Livingstone
Long, C. G. & Moore, L. (1979). Parental expectations for their epileptic children. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 20: 299–312
Palkes, H. S., Prensky, A. L., Bourgeois, B. F. D., et al. (1982). Intelligence of epileptic children: a prospective study. Ann. Neurol. 12: 206
Perini, G. I., Tosin, C., Carraro, C., et al. (1996). Interictal mood and personality disorders in temporal lobe epilepsy and juvenile myoclonic epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 61: 601–5
Rutter, M. (1974). Emotional disorder and educational underachievement. Arch. Dis. Child 48: 249–56
Rutter, E. M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. A. (1970). A neuropsychiatric study in childhood. Clin. Dev. Med. 3: 237–55
Stoddard, K. R., Westerveld, M., Ayotte, S. L., Spencer, D. D. & Spencer, S. S. (1999). Negative affect and neuropsychological test performance. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 49
Strang, J. D. & Rourke, B. P. (1985). Adaptive behavior of children who exhibit specific arithmetic disabilities and associated neuropsychological abilities and deficits. In Neuropsychology of Learning Disabilites: Essentials of Subtype Analysis, ed. B. P. Rourke, pp. 302–27. New York: Guildford Press
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and learning problems. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 186–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Batzel, L. Q., Dodrill, C. B. & Farwell, J. R. (1984). Social competence and behavior problems in normal and epileptic adolescents. Epilepsia 25: 648
Commission for the Control of Epilepsy and Its Consequences (197–8). Plan for Nationwide Action on Epilepsy. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke
Connolly, J., Freeman, R., Dodrill, C. & Batzel, L. (1984). Psychiatric status in adolescents with epilepsy. Epilepsia 25: 646
Delgado-Escueta, A. V., Matson, R. H., King, L., et al. (1981). The nature of aggression during epileptic seizures. N. Engl. J. Med. 305: 711–17
Dunn, D. W., Austin, J., Hustser, G. A., Rose, D. F. & Harezlak, J. (1999). Which children with new-onset seizures are at risk for behavior problems? Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 56
Ettinger, A. B., Wiesbrot, D. M., Nolan, E. E., et al. (1998). Symptoms of depression and anxiety in pediatric epilepsy patients. Epilepsia 39: 595–9
Hinton, G. G. & Knights, R. M. (1969). Neurological and psychological characteristics of 100 children with seizures. In Proceedings of the First Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Mental Deficiency, ed. B. Richard, pp. 315–56. London: Michael Jackson
Hoare, P. (1984). The development of psychiatric disorders among school children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 26: 3–13
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary school. II: information and attitudes held by their teachers. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 759–65
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C. & Richards, P. (1979). Long term outcome in children with temporal lobe seizures. III: psychiatric aspects in childhood and adult life. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 21: 630–36
Mellor, D. H. & Lowit, I. (1977). A study of intellectual function in children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. In Epilepsy, The Eighth International Symposium, J. K. Penry, pp. 291–4. New York: Raven Press
Onuma, T. (2000). Classification of psychiatric symptoms in patients with epilepsy. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41(suppl 9): 43–8
Rutter, M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. (1970). A neuropsychiatric study in childhood. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine. London: Spastics Society and Heinemann
Smith, M. L., Elliott, I. M. & Lach, L. (2002). Cognitive skills in children with intractable epilepsy: comparisons of surgical and nonsurgical candidates. Epilepsia 46: 631–7
Whitehouse, D. (1971). Psychological and neurological correlates of seizure disorders. Johns Hopkins Med. J. 129: 36–42

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Erickson, E. H. (1965). Eight ages of man. In Childhood and Society, 2nd edn, pp. 147–74. New York: W. W. Norton
Flor-Henry, P. (1972). Ictal and interictal psychiatric manifestations in epilepsy: specific or non-specific Epilespia 13: 733–83
Laidlow, J. & Richens, A. (1976). Psychiatry. In Textbook of Epilepsy, pp. 151–2. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. E. (1966). Biological factors in temporal lobe epilepsy Dev. Med. Child Neurol. Suppl 22
Rutter, M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. A. (1970). A Neuropsychiatric Study in Childhood. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott
Stores, G. (1987). Effect on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges In Education and Epilepsy, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–20. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Emotional and behavioral consequences of epilepsy. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 167–84. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Swap, S. M. (1974). Disturbing classroom behaviors: a developmental and ecological view. Exceptional Children 41: 163–72
Viberg, M., Blennow, G. & Polsky, B. (1987). Epilepsy in adolescence: implications for the development of personality. Epilespia 28: 542–6
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (2001). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Primary Issues in Psychiatry, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 127–46. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Wickes, F. G. (1966). Adolescence. In The Inner World of Childhood, pp. 100–123. New York: New American Library/Appleton Century
Winnicott, D. W. (1964). What do we mean by the normal child? In The Child, the Family and the Outside World, pp. 124–30. New York: Addison-Wesley
Winnicott, D. W. (1984). The concept of a healthy individual. In Home Is Where We Start From, pp. 21–34. New York: WW Norton & Co

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Aicardi, J. & Gomes, AL. (1988). The Lennox–Gastaut syndrome: clinical and electroencephalographic features. In The Lennox Gastaut Syndrome, ed. E. Neidermeyer & R. Degen, pp. 25–46. New York: Alan R. Liss
Andermann, F. (1994). Psychiatric illnesses in epilepsy. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1994
Austin, J. K., Dunn, D. W., Huster, G. A., et al. (1999). Correlates of behavior problems in children with new-onset seizures. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 75
Austin, J. Risinger, M. W. & McNelis, A. (1991). Family, seizure and gender variables associated with child behavior problems. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 29
Barlow, C. F. (1978). Risk factors of infancy and childhood: interrelationship of seizure disorders and mental retardation. In Mental Retardation and Related Disorders, pp. 768–75. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis
Beaumanoir, A., Foletti, G., Migistris, M., et al. (1988). Status epilepticus in the Lennox–Gastaut syndrome. In The Lennox Gastaut Syndrome, ed. E. Neidermeye & R. Degen, pp. 283–99. New York: Alan R. Liss
Berger, H. (1971). An unusual manifestation of Tegretol (carbamazepine) toxicity. Ann. Intern. Med. 4: 449–50
Besag, F. C. (2001). Treatment of state-dependent learning disabilities. In Epilepsia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. M. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 46–9
Binnie, C. D. (1995). Behavioral correlates of interictal spikes. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1995
Binnie, C. D. Channon, S. & Marston, D. (1990). Learning disabilities in epilepsy: neurophysiological aspects. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 2–8
Blumer, D. (1977). Neuropsychiatric aspects of psychomotor and other forms of epilepsy in childhood. In Comprehensive Management of Epilepsy in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, ed. S. Livingston, pp. 486–97. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Bray, P. F. (1962). Temporal lobe syndromes in children. Pediatrics 70: 517–38
Brett, E. M. (1966). Minor epileptic status. J. Neurol. Sci. 3: 52–75
Camfield, P. R., Ronen, G. M., Gates, R. D., et al. (1982). Temporal lobe epiepsy in children: comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in children with pure right versus left EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 12: 205
Caplan, R., Guthrie, D., Shields, W. D., et al. (1992). Formal thought disorder in pediatric complex partial seizure disorders. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 33: 1399–412
Caplan, R., Shields, W. D., Mori, L., et al. (1991). Middle childhood onset of interictal psychoses: case studies. J. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 30: 893–6
Dam, M. (1990). Children with epilepsy: the effects of seizures, syndromes and etiological factors on cognitive functioning. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 26–9
Elger, C. E. (1996). Postictal cognition. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1996
Engel, J., Jr (1983). Basic mechanisms of epilepsy. In Contemporary Neurology Series: Seizures and Epilepsy, pp. 71–111. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis
Engel, J., Ludwick, B. I. & Fetell, M. (1978). Prolonged partial complex status epilepticus EEG and behavior observations. Neurology 28: 863–9
Feddersen, B., Runge, U., Herzer, R., et al. (2000). Concerning psychopathology in focus epilepsies with unilateral temporal focus. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 158
Fedio, P. & Mirsky, A. F. (1969). Selective intellectual deficits in children with temporal lobe or centrencephalic epilepsy. J. Neuropsychol. 7: 287–300
Fisher, R. S. (1996). Physiology and pharmacology of the postictal state. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1996
Flor-Henry, P. (1972). Ictal and inter-ictal psychiatric manifestations in epilepsy: specific or non-specific. Epilepsia 13: 733–83
Giordani, B., Berent, S., Sackellares, J. C., et al. (1983). Intelligence and academic achievement in patients with partial, generalized and partial secondary generalized seizures. Epilepsia 24: 258
Giordani, B. J., Laughrin, D. M., Berent, S., et al. (1999). Children with benign epilepsy with centrotemporal spikes (BECTS): cognitive and behavioral features. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 128
Gloor, P. (1986). Consciousness as a neurological concept in epileptology: a critical view. Epilepsia 27 (suppl 2): 14–26
Hermann, B. P. (1982). Neuropsychosocial functioning and psychopathology. I: children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 23: 545–54
Himmelhoch, J. M. (1984). Major mood disorders related to epileptic changes. In Psychiatric Aspects of Epilepsy, ed. D. Blumer, pp. 271–94. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. I: their seizure patterns, progress, and behavior in schools. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–58
Holmes, G. L. (1987). Psychosocial Factors in Childhood Epilepsy, pp. 112–24. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Janz, D. (1969). Die Epilepsien. Stuttgart: Theme
Janz, C. D. & Christian, W. (1957). Impulsiv-petit mal. Dtsch. Z. Nervenheilkd 176: 348–86
Klove, H. & Matthews, C. G. (1967). Differential psychological performance in major motor, psychomotor and mixed seizure classification of known and unknown etiology. Epilepsia 9: 117–28
Koskiniemi, M. (1974). Psychological findings in progressive myoclonus epilepsy without Lafora bodies. Epilepsia 15: 537–45
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C. & Richards, P. (1979). Long term outcome in children with temporal lobe seizures. III: psychiatric aspects in childhood and adult life. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 21: 630–36
Loiseau, P., Pestre, M., Deartigues, J. F., et al. (1983). Long-term prognosis in two forms of childhood epilepsy: typical absence and epilepsy with Rolandic (centrotemporal) EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 13: 642–8
McIntyre, M., Pritchard, P. B., III & Lombroso, C. T. (1976). Left and right temporal lobe epileptics: a controlled investigation of some psychological differences. Epilepsia 17: 377–86
Meldrum, B. S. (1983). Metabolic factors during prolonged seizures and their relation to nerve cell death. Adv. Neurol. 34: 261–75
Neugebauer, R., Paik, M., Nadel, E., et al. (1991). Association of stressful life events with seizure occurrence inpatients with epilepsy. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 31
Ounsted, C. & Lindsay, J. (1981). The long-term outcome of temporal lobe epilepsy in childhood. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 185–215. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Ounsted, C. J. Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. (1966). Biologic factors in temporal lobe epilepsy. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine, No. 22. London: Heinemann
Perales, M. (1999). Psychiatric management in epilepsy. Presented at the Via Christi Epilepsy Conference, Wichita, KS, 1999
Reynolds, E. H. (1981). Biological factors in psychological disorders associated with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 264–90. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Rutter, M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. (1970). A neuropsychiatric study in childhood. In Clinics in Developmental Medicine, Vol. 25. London: Heinemann
Schacter, S. C. (1996). The postictal state. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1996
Sillanpaa, M. (1973). Medicosocial prognosis of children with epilepsy. Acta Paediatr. Scand. suppl. 237: 6–104
Stevens, J. R. & Hermann, B. P. (1981). Temporal lobe epilepsy, psychopathology and violence: the state of the evidence. Neurology 31: 1127–32
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–92
Stores, G. (1977). Behavior disturbance and types of epilepsy in children attending ordinary school. In Epilepsy, The Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 245–9. New York: Raven Press
Stores, G. (1978). School-children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of subclinical seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lissee: Swets & Zeitlinger
Toidze, O. & Lomashvili, N. (1991). Clinical significance of the Rolandic and centrotemporal spikes in children with behavioral deviations. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 15
Trimble, M. R. (1988). Anticonvulsant drugs; mood and cognitive functions. In Epilepsy, Behavior and Cognitive Function, ed. M. R. Trimble & E. H. Reynolds, pp. 135–45. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Trimble, M. R. (1996). Postictal psychiatric symptoms. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1996
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67
Weisbrot, D. & Ettinger, A. B. (2001). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 127–46. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Whitehouse, D. (1976). Behavior and learning problems in epileptic children. Behav. Neuropsychiatry 7: 23–9
Williams, D. T. & Mostofsky, D. I. (1982). Psychogenic seizures in childhood and adolescence. In Pseudoseizures, ed. T. L. Riley & A. Roy, pp. 169–84. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
Wolf, S. M., Forsythe, A., Sturnden, A. A., et al. (1981). Long-term effect of phenobarbital on cognitive function in children with febrile convulsions Pediatrics 68: 820–23
Zimmerman, F. T., Burgemeister, B. B. & Putnam, T. J. (1951). Intellectual and emotional makeup of the epileptic. Arch. Neurol. Psychiatry 65: 545–56

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Austin, J. K. (1993). Concerns and fears of children with seizures. Clin. Nurs. Pract. Epilepsy 1: 4–6
Austin, J. K. (1996). A model of family adaptation to new-onset childhood epilepsy. J. Neurosci. Nurs. 28: 82–92
Austin, J. K. (2001). Psychosocial aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Psychatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 319–32. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Austin, J. K., Dunn, D. W. & Levstek, D. A. (1993). First seizures: concerns and ends of parents and children. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 24
Austin, J., Risinger, M. W. & McNelis, A. (1991). Family, seizure and gender variables associated with child behavior problems. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 29
Avondet, M., Castelli, Y. & Scaramelli, A. (1991). Psychologic and social adjustment in adolescents with epilepsy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 43
Blumer, D. & Levin, K. (1977). Psychiatric Complications in the epilepsies: current research and treatment. McLean Hospital Journal, Special Issue 15
Dean, P. & Austin, J. K. (1996). Adolescent psychosocial issues in epilepsy. Clin. Nurs. Pract. Epilepsy 3: 4–6
Eastman, M., Ritter, F. J., Risse, G. L. & Frost, M. D. (1999). Impacts of child's epilepsy on the parents. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 129
Ferrari, M., Matthews, W. S. & Barabas, G. (1982). The family and the child with epilepsy. Fam. Process 22: 53–9
Grass, E. (1977). Infantile spasms. In The Plan for Action on Epilepsy, ed. Commission for the Control of Epilepsy and Its Consequences, Vol. 11, pp. 374–8. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke
Green, J. B. & Hartlage, L. C. (1971). Comparative performance of epileptic and non-epileptic children and adolescents. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 32: 418–21
Green, J. & Solnit, A. J. (1964). Reaction to the threatened loss of a child: a vulnerable child syndrome. Pediatrics 34: 58–66
Guerrant, J., Anderson, W. W., Fischer, A., et al. (1962). Personality in Epilepsy. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Hartlage, L. C. & Green, J. B. (1972). The relationship of parental attitudes to academic and social achievement in epileptic children. Epilepsia 13: 21–6
Hartlage, L. C., Green, J. B. & Offutt, L. (1972). Dependency in epileptic children. Epilepsia 13: 27–30
Hauck, C. (1972). Sociological aspects of epilepsy research. Epilepsia 13: 79–85
Henricksen, O. (1977). Behavior modification and rehabilitation of patients with epilepsy. In Epilepsy, The Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 225–34. New York: Raven Press
Henriksen, L. (1988). Specific problems of children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3): 6–9
Hermann, B. P., Whiteman, S. & Dell, J. (1989). Correlates of behavior problems and social competence in children with epilepsy, aged 6–11. In Childhood Epilepsies: Neuropsychological, Psychosocial and Intervention Aspects, ed. B. P. Hermann & M. Seidenberg, pp. 143–57. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Hoare, P. (1984). Does illness foster dependency? A study of epileptic and diabetic children. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 26: 20–24
Hoare, P. & Kerley, S. (1991). Psychosocial adjustment of children with chronic epilepsy and their families. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 33: 201–15
Hodgman, C., McAnarney, R., Myers, G., et al. (1979). Emotional complications of adolescent grand mal epilepsy. J. Pediatr. 905: 309–12
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary school. I: their seizure patterns, progress and behavior in school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–58
Holmes, G. L. (1987). Psychosocial factors in childhood epilepsy. In Diagnosis and Management of Epilepsy in Children, pp. 112–24. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Kugoh, K. & Hosokawa, K. (1991). Psychological aspects of patients with epilepsy and their family members. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 43
Lambert, M. V. & Robertson, M. M. (1999). Depression in epilepsy: etiology, phenomenology and treatment. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 10): 21–47
Lerman, P. (1977). The concept of preventive rehabilitation in childhood epilepsy: a plea against overprotection and overindulgence. In Epilepsy, the Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 265–8. New York: Raven Press
Lightstone, L., O'Dell, C., Moshe, S. & Shinnar, S. (1993). Social impact of intractable epilepsy in children on the family. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 4
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C., & Richards, P. (1979). Longer-term outcome in children with temporal lobe seizures. III: psychiatric aspects in childhood and adult life. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 21: 630–36
Long, C. G. & Moore, J. R. (1979). Parental expectations for their epileptic children. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 20: 299–312
Massie, R. K. (1985). The constant shadow: reflections on the life of a chronically ill child. In Issues in the Care of Children with Chronic Illness, ed. N. Hobbs & J. M. Perin, pp. 13–23. San Francisco: Josey-Bass
Matthews, W. S., Barabas, G. & Ferrari, M. (1982). Emotional concomitants of childhood epilepsy. Epilepsia 23: 672–81
McCollum, A. T. (1981). The Chronicailly Ill Child: A Guide for Parents and Professionals. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press
McLachlan, R. S., Chevaz, C. J., Derry, P. A., Blume, W. T. & Girvin, J. P. (1992). Learned helplessness is associated with poor psychosocial outcome after temporal lobectomy. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 11
Miller, J. (1978). Natural shocks. In The Body in Question, pp. 13–53. New York: Random House
Nhan, N. (1975). The Epileptic Child and His Family. Leesburg, VA: National Children's Rehabilitation Center
Oostrom, K. J., Schouten, A., Kruitwagen, C. J. J., Peter, A. C. B. & Jennekens-Schinkel, A. (2001). Parents' perception of adversity introduced by upheaval and uncertainty at the onset of childhood epilepsy. Epilepsia 42: 1142–6
Perales, M. (1999). Psychiatric management in epilepsy. Presented at the Via Christi Epilepsy Conference, Wichita, KS, 1999
Ross, E. M. & Peckham, C. S. (1983). School children with epilepsy. In Advances in Epileptology: XIVth Epielspy International Symposium, ed. M. Parsonage, R. H. E. Grant, A. G. Craig, et al., pp. 215–20. New York: Raven Press
Singhi, P., Mukhopadhyay, K. & Singhi, S. (1991). Psychosocial stress, knowledge, beliefs and attitudes among parents of epileptic children. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 849
Strax, T. E. (1991). Psychological issues faced by adolescents and young adults with disabilities. Pediatr. Ann. 20: 507–11
Stores, G. & Piran, N. (1978). Dependency of different types in schoolchildren with epilepsy. Psychol. Med. 8: 441–5
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Emotional and behavioral consequences of epilepsy. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 157–84. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Taylor, D. C. (1977). Epilepsia and the sinister side of schizophrenia. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 19: 403–6
Thompson, P. J. & Oxley, J. (1988). Socioeconomic accompaniments of severe epilepsy. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 1): 9–18
Vining, E. P. G. (1990). The psychosocial impact of epilepsy in children and their family. Int. Pediatr. 5: 186–8
Voeller, K. & Rothenberg, M. (1973). Psychosocial aspects of the management of seizures in children. Pediatrics 51: 1072–82
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of Pediatric Epilepsy. Prim Psychiatry June pp. 51–67
Ziegler, R. G. (1981). Impairments of control and competence in epileptic children and their families. Epilepsia 22: 339–46

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Austin, J. K. (2001). Psychosocial aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Psychatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 319–32. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Austin, J. K., Dunn, D. W. & Levstek, D. A. (1993). First seizures: concerns and needs of parents and children. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 24
Bamberger, P. & Matthess, A. (1959). Anfalle im Kindesalter. Basel: Karger
Bear, D. M. & Fedio, P. (1977). Quantitative analysis of interictal behavior in temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 34: 454–67
Bech, P., Pedersen, K. K., Simonsen, N., et al. (1976). Personality in epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 54: 348–58
Bech, P., Pedersen, K. K., Simonsen, N., et al. (1977). Personality traits in epilepsy. In Epilepsy: The Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, 257–63. New York: Raven Press
Benson, D. F. (1979). Clinical Neurology and Neurosurgery Monographs: Aphasia, Alexia and Agraphia. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Berg, R. A., Bolter, C., Ch'ien, L. T., et al. (1983). Halstead Reitan and Luria-Nebraska comparison in children with chronic seizure disorders. Clin. Neuropsychol. 5: 39
Berg, R. A., Bolter, J. F., Ch'ien, L. T. & Cummings, J. (1984). A standardized assessment of emotionality in children suffering from epilepsy. Int. J. Clin. Neuropsychol. 4: 277–84
Blumer, D. (1972). Neuropsychiatric aspects of psychomotor and other forms of epilepsy in childhood. In Comprehensive Management of Epilepsy in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, ed. S. Livingston, pp. 486–97. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Blumer, D. (1994). Treatment of psychiatric illness in epilepsy patients. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1994
Blumer, D. & Levin, K. (1977). Psychiatric complications in the epilepsies: current research and treatment. McLean Hospital Journal, Special Issue 15
Camfield, P. R., Gates, R., Ronen, G., et al. (1984). Comparison of cognitive ability, personality profile and school success in epileptic children with pure right versus left temporal lobe EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 15: 122–6
Caplan, R., Arbelle, S., Guthrie, D., et al. (1997). Formal thought disorder and psychopathology in pediatric primary generalized and complex partial epilepsy. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 36: 1286–94
Cavazzuti, G. B. (1980). Epidemiology of different types of epilepsy in school age children of Modena Italy. Epilepsia 21: 57–62
Csernansky, J. K., Leiderman, D. B., Mandabach, M., et al. (1990). Psychopathology and limbic epilepsy: relationships to seizure variables and neuropsychological function. Epilepsia 31: 275–80
Dunn, D. W., Austin, J. K. & Kuyster, G. A. (1997). Behavior problems in children with new-onset epilepsy. Seizure 6: 283–7
Guerrant, J., Anderson, W. W., Fischer, A., et al. (1962). Personality in Epilepsy. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Hartlage, C. C. & Green, J. B. (1972). The relation of parental attiudes to academic and social achievement in eplepitic children. Epilepsia 13: 21–6
Henricksen, O. (1977). Behavior modification and rehabilitation of patients with epilepsy. In Epilepsy, The Eighth International Symposium, ed. J. K. Penry, pp. 225–34. New York: Raven Press
Hermann, B. P. & Reil, P. (1981). Interictal personality and behavioral traits in temporal lobe and generalized epilepsy. Cortex 17: 125–8
Hermann, B. P., Whitman, S. & Arnston, P. (1983). Hypergraphia in epilepsy: is there a specificity to temporal lobe epilepsy? J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 46: 848–53
Hermann, B. P., Whitman, S., Wyler, A. R., et al. (1985). The neurological, psychosocial and demographic correlates of hypergraphia in patients with epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 51: 203–8
Hinton, G. G. & Knights, R. M. (1969). Neurological and psychological characteristics of 100 children with seizures. In Proceedings of the First Congress for the International Assoication of the Scientific Study of Mental Deficiency, ed. B. Richard, pp. 361–5. London: Michael Jackson
Holdsworth, L. & Whitemore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. I: their seizure patterns progress, and behavior in school. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–66
Holmes, G. L. (1987). Psychosocial factors in childhood epilepsy. In Diagnosis and Management of Epilepsy in Children, pp. 112–24. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Janz, D. (1959). De Epilepsien. Stuttgart: Georg Thieme
Mattison, R. (1993). Positive diagnosis of non-epileptic events. Presented at the International Epilepsy Conference, Oslo, Norway, 1993
McDermott, S., Mani, S. & Krishnaswami, S. (1995). A population-based analysis of specific behavior problems associated with childhood seizures. J. Epilepsy 8: 110–18
Mitchell, W., Scheier, L. M. & Baker, S. A. (1993). Long-term effects of psychosocial, cultural and medical risk factors on academic achievement and social competence in children and adolescence with epilepsy. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 4
Oderberg, A. D., Shantz, D. L. & Spitz, M. C. (1999). Behavioral changes as a prodrome in epilepsy. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 220
Onuma, T. (2000). Classification of psychiatric symptoms in patients with epilepsy. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 9): 43–8
Papero, P. H., Howe, D. W. & Reiss, D. (1992). Neuropsychological function and psychosocial deficits in adolescents with chronic neurological impairment. J. Dev. Phys. Disabil. 4: 317–40
Perini, G. I., Tosin, C., Carraro, C., et al. (1996). Interictal mood and personality disorders in temporal lobe epilepsy and juvenile myoclonic epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 61: 601–5
Pond, D. A. (1974). Epilepsy and personality disorders. In Handbook of Clinical Neurology, ed. B. Magnus & A. M. Lorentz, pp. 593–610. New York: Elsevier/North Holland
Powell, A. L., Yudd, A., Zee, P., et al. (1997). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder associated with orbit frontal epilepsy in a father and son. Neuropsychiatry Neuropsychol. Behav. Neurol. 10: 151–4
Pritchard, P. P., III (1984). Religiosity: an accompaniment of temporal lobe epilepsy? Epilepsia 25: 646
Rutter, M., Graham, P. & Yule, W. A. (1970). A Neuropsychiatric Study of Children. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott
Sharp, G. B., Willliam, J., Griebel, M. L., et al. (1993). Patterns of psychopathology in children and adolescents evaluated for epilepsy surgery. Epilepsia 34 (suppl 6): 33
Steffenburg, S., Gillberg, C. & Steffenburg, U. (1996). Psychiatric disorders in children and adolescents with mental retardation and active epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 53: 904–12
Stores, G. (1978). School children with epilepsy at risk for learning and behavior problems. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 20: 502–8
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Emotional and behavior consequences of epilepsy. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 157–84. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Torta, R. & Keller, R. (1999). Behavioral, psychotic and anxiety disorders in epilepsy: etiology, clinical features and therapeutic implications. Epilepsia 50 (suppl 10): 2–20
Trimble, M. R. (1988). Biologic Psychiatry. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Trimble, M. R. (1991). Interictal psychoses: risk factors. In The Psychoses of Epilepsy, pp. 136–49. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. (1993). Interictal psychoses. Presented at the International Epilepsy Conference, Oslo, Norway, 1993
Trimble, M. R. (1994). Psychiatric illness in epilepsy. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1994
Tuchman, R., Jayakar, P., Yaylal, I., et al. (1998). Seizures and EEG findings in children with autism spectrum disorder. CNS Spectr. 3: 61–70
Tucker, D. M., Novelly, R. A. & Walker, P. J. (1985). Hyper-religiosity in TLE: failure to support the hypothesis. Epilepsia 26: 539
Vazquez, B., Devinsky, O., Luciano, D., et al. (1993). Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy: clinical features and factors related to misdiagnosis. J. Epilepsy 6: 233–8
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of Pediatric Epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67
Weisbrot, D. & Ettinger, A. B. (2001). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 127–46. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Weisser, H. G. (1986). Selective amgydalohippocampectomy: indications, investigative techniques and results. Adv. Techn. Stad. Neurosurg. 13: 39–133
Whitehouse, D. (1971). Psychological and neurological correlates of seizure disorders. Johns Hopkins Med. J. 129: 36–42

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Adesman, A. R. (2001). Treating ADHD: what are the options? Contemp. Pediatr. May (suppl): 11–19
Aldenkamp, A. P., Alpherts, W. C. J., Dekker, M. J. A., et al. (1990). Neuropsychological aspects of learning disabilities in epilepsy. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 9–20
Amen, D. G. & Carmichael, B. D. (1997). High-resolution brain SPECT imaging in ADHD. Ann. Clin. Psychiatry 9: 81–6
American Academy of Pediatrics (1996). Hyperactive/impulse or inattentive behaviors. In The Classification of Child and Adolescent Mental Diagnoses in Primary Care: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Primary Care (DSM-PC): Child and Adolescent Version, ed. M. L. Wolraich, M. E. Felice & D. Drotar, p. 93. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics
Baird, H. W., John, E. R., Ahn, H., et al. (1980). Neurometric evaluation of epileptic children who do well and poorly in school. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 48: 683–93
Barry, J. (1998). Treatment of affective and attention deficit disorder. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1998
Bennet-Levy, J. & Stores, G. (1984). The nature of cognitive dysfunction in school-children with epilepsy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 69 (suppl): 79–82
Binnie, C. D., Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. A., Smit, A. M., et al. (1987). Interactions of epileptiform EEG discharges and cognition. Epilepsy Res. 1: 239–43
Bruhn-Parsons, A. T. & Parsons, O. A. (1977). Reaction time variability in epileptic and brain damaged patients. Cortex 13: 373–84
Dam, M. (1990). Children with epilepsy: the effect of seizures, syndromes and etiological factors on cognitive functioning. Epilepsia 31 (suppl 4): 26–9
Devinsky, O. & Vazquez, B. (1993). Behavioral changes associated with epilepsy. Neurol. Clin. 11: 127–49
Dunn, D. W., Austin, J. K., Harezlak, J., et al. (2000). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and chronic epilepsy in childhood. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 239
Glaser, G. (1967). Limbic epilepsy in childhood J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 141: 392–7
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools: their seizure patterns, progress and behavior in schools. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–58
Hughes, J. R., DeLeo, A. J. & Melyn, M. A. (2000). The electroencephalogram in attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder: emphasis on epileptiform discharges. Epilepsy Behav. 1: 271–7
Jensen, P. S. (2000). The National Institutes of Health Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder Consensus Statement: implications for practitioners and scientists. CNS Spectr. 5: 29–33
Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenite, D. G. A., Riemersma, J. B. J., Binnie, C. D., et al. (1987). The influence of subclinical epileptiform EEG discharges on driving behavior. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 67: 167–70
Marston, D., Besag, F., Binnie, C. D., et al. (1993). Effects of transitory cognitive impairment on psychosocial functioning of clinical with epilepsy: a therapeutic trial. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 3: 574–81
McBride, M. C., Wang, D. D. & Torres, C. F. (1986). Methylphenidate in therapeutic does not lower seizure threshold. Ann. Neurol. 20: 428
Niedermeyer, E. (1990). Psychological, Psychiatric Aspects: The Epilepsies, Diagnosis and Management. Baltimore, MD: Urban & Schwarzenberg
National Institutes of Health (2000). National Institutes of Health Consensus Development Conference Statement: diagnosis and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. J. Am. Acad. Child Psychiatry 39: 182–92
Ouellette, E. M. (1991). Legal issues in the treatment of children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorders. J. Child Neurol. 6 (suppl): 66–73
Ounsted, C. & Hutt, S. J. (1964). The effects of attentive factors on bio-electric paroxysms in epileptic children. Proc. R. Soc. Med. 57: 1178
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. (1968). Biological Factors in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy. London: Spastics Society and Heineman
Reynolds, E. H. (1981). Biological factors in psychological disorders associated with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 264–90. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Schulz, K. P., Himelstein, J., Halperin, J. M., et al. (2000). Neurobiological models of attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder: a brief review of empirical evidence. CNS Spectr. 5: 34–44
Sherman, E. M. S., Armitage, L. L., Connolly, M. B., et al. (2000). Behaviors symptomatic of ADHD in pediatric epilepsy: relationship to frontal lobe epileptiform abnormalities and other neurologic predictors. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 191
Solanto, M. V. (2000). The predominantly inattentive subtype of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. CNS Spectr. 5: 45–51
Stores, G. (1987). Effects on learning of “subclinical” seizure discharges. In Education and Epilepsy, ed. A. P. Aldenkamp, W. C. J. Alpherts, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 14–21. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Stores, G., Hart, J. & Piran, N. (1978). Inattentiveness in schoolchildren with epilepsy. Epilespia 19: 169–75
Svoboda, W. B. (1975). The hyperkinetic syndrome. W. V. Med. J. 71: 347–51
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Epilepsy and learning problems. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 186–200. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Taylor, E. (1985). Syndromes of overactivity and attention deficit. In Child and Adolescent Psychiatry: Modern Approaches, ed. M. Rutter & L. Hersov, pp. 424–38. St Louis, MO: Mosby
Weiss, G. (1989). Follow-up studies on outcome of hyperactive children. In Child Neurolgoy and Developmental Disabilites, ed. J. Grench, S. Harrel & P. Casaer, pp. 269–78. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes
Wolraich, M. L. (2001). Diagnosing ADHD. Contemp. Pediatr. May (suppl): 3–10
Yule, W. (1980). Educational achievement. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & C. Stores, pp. 162–8. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Alemayehu, S., Bergey, G., Barry, E., et al. (1995). Panic attacks as ictal manifestations of parietal lobe seizures. Epilepsia 36: 824–30
Blumer, D. & Levin, K. (1977). Psychiatric complications in the epilepsies: current research and treatment. In Proceedings of the Conference on Psychiatric Disorders in Epilepsy, McLean Hospital Journal, Special Issue 15
Caplan, R., Guthrie, D., Shields, W. D., et al. (1992). Formal thought disorder in pediatric complex partial seizure disorders. J Child Psychol. Psychiatry 33: 1399–1412
De Albuquerque, M. D. & de Campos, C. J. R. (1993). Epilepsy and anxiety. Arq. Neuropsiquiatr. 51: 313–18
Depaulis, A., Helfer, V., Deransart, C., et al. (1997). Anxiogenic like consequences in animal models of complex partial seizures. Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev. 21: 767–74
Devinsky, O. & Vazquez, B. (1993). Behavioral changes associated with epilepsy. Neurol. Clin. 11: 127–49
Eapen V., Champion, L. & Zeitlin, H. (1997). Tourette syndrome, epilepsy and emotional disorder, a case of triple comorbidity. Psychol. Rep. 81: 1239–43
Ettinger, A. B., Wisbrot, D. M., Nolan, E. E., et al. (1998). Symptoms of depression and anxiety in pediatric epilepsy patients. Epilepsia 39: 595–9
Ficol, M., Ramani, V. & Herron, C. (1984). Episodic fear in epilepsy. Epilepsia 25: 669–70
Francis, S., Weisbrot D. M., Jandorf, L., et al. (1966). Anxiety in epilepsy. Epilepsia 37: 3
Goldstein, M. A. & Harden, C. L. (2000). Epilepsy and anxiety. Epilepsy Behav. 1: 228–34
Goldstein, M. A., Harden, C. L., Ravdin, L. D., et al. (1999). Does anxiety in epilepsy patients decrease with increasing seizure frequency? Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 60–61
Hermann, B. P., Seidenberg, M. & Bell, B. (2000). Psychiatric comorbidity in chronic epilepsy: identification, consequences, and treatment of major depression. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 2): 31–41
Jabourian, A. P., Erlich, M., Desvignes, C., et al. (1992). Panic attacks and 24-hour ambulatory EEG monitoring. Ann. Med. Psychol. (Paris) 150: 240–44
Kanner, A. M., Mirris, H. H., Stagno, S., et al. (1993). Remission of an obsessive compulsive disorder following a right temporal lobectomy. Neuropsychiatry Neuropsychol. Behav. Neurol. 6: 126–9
Krahn, L. E., Ruimmans, T. A. & Peterson, G. C. (1996). Psychiatric implications of surgical treatment of epilepsy. Mayo Clin. Proc. 71: 1201–4
Levin, B. K., & Duchowny, M. (1991). Childhood obsessive-compulsive disorders and cingulate epilepsy. Biol. Psychiatry 30: 1049–55
Mattison, R. (1997). Separation anxiety disorder and anxiety in children. In Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock, pp. 2345–51. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
McConnell, H. W. & Duncan, D. (1998). Treatment of psychiatric comorbidity in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Comorbidity in Epilepsy, ed. H. W. McConnell & P. J. Snyder, pp. 245–362. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press
McNamara, M. & Fogel, B. (1990). Anticonvulsant responsive panic attacks with temporal lobe EEG abnormalities. J. Neuropsychiatry 2: 193–6
Mittan, R. J. & Locke, G. E. (1982). Fear of seizures: epilepsy's forgotten problem. Urban Health 40: 38–9
Neugebauer, R., Johnson, J. & Hornig, C. (1991a). Epidemiologic study of obsessive compulsive disorder and seizures: the “temporal lobe personality” considered. Epilespia 32 (suppl 3): 39
Neugebauer, R., Palk, M., Nadel, E., et al. (1991b). Association of stressful life events with seizure occurrence in patients with epilepsy. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 3): 31
Pitman, R. K. (1997). Overview of biological themes in PTSD. In Psychobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, ed. R. Yehuda & A. C. McFarlane. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 821: 1–9
Ring, H. A., Moriarty, J. & Trimble, M. R. (1998). A prospective study of the early postsurgical psychiatric associations of epilepsy surgery. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 64: 601–4
Robertson, M. (1996). Epilepsy and anxiety. In Psychiatric Literature. Vol. 6, p. 1015. New York: Sanofi Winthrop
Robin, M., Frost, M., Ritter, F. J., et al. (1992). Posttraumatic stress disorder in families of children with intractable epilepsy. Epilespia 33 (suppl 3): 8
Roth, M. & Harper, M. (1962). Temporal lobe epilepsy and phobic anxiety, depersonalization syndrome. Part II: practical and theoretical considerations. Compr. Psychiatry 3: 215–26
Rowan, M. & Rosenbaum, D. H. (1991). Ictal amnesia and fugue states. In Advances in Neurology, ed. D. B. Smith, D. M. Treiman & M. R. Trimble, Vol. 55, pp. 357–68. New York: Raven Press
Scicutella, A. (2001). Anxiety disorders in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 95–110. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Spielberger, C. D. (1983). Manual for the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory. Palo Alto, CA: Consultant Psychologist Press
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Emotional and behavioral consequences of epilepsy. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 157–84. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Tokunaga, M., Ida, I., Higuchi, T., et al. (1997). Alterations of benzodiazepine receptor binding potential in anxiety and somatoform disorders measured by 123I-SPECT. Radiat. Med. 15: 163–9
Torta, R. & Keller, R. (1999). Behavioral, psychotic, and anxiety disorders in epilepsy: etiology, clinical features, and therapeutic implications. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 10): 2–20
Trimble, M. (1988). Biological Psychiatry. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of Pediatric Epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67
Weisbrot, D. & Ettinger, A. B. (2001). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 127–46. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Young, G. B., Chandrara, P. C., Blume, W. T., et al. (1995). Mesial temporal lobe seizures presenting as anxiety disorders. J. Neuropsychiatry Clin. Neurosci. 7: 352–7

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Altshuler, L. L., Devinsky, O., Post, R. M., et al. (1990). Depression, anxiety, and temporal lobe epilepsy. Laterality of focus and symptoms. Arch. Neurol. 47: 284–8
Barabas, G. & Matthews, W. (1988). Barbiturate anticonvulsants as a cause of severe depression. Pediatrics 82: 284–5
Barraclough, B. (1981). Suicide and epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. F. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 72–6. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone
Barry, J., Lembke, A. & Huynh, N. (2001). Affective disorders in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 45–72. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Becu, M., Becti, N., Manzur, G., et al. (1993). Self-help epilepsy groups: an evaluation of effect on depression and schizophrenia. Epilepsia 34: 841–55
Betts, T. A. (1981). Depression, anxiety and epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 60–71. Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone
Blanchet, P. & Frommer, G. P. (1986). Mood change preceding epileptic seizures. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 174: 471–6
Blumer, D. (1991). Epilepsy and disorders of mood. In Neurobehavioral Problems in Epilepsy, ed. D. B. Smith, D. M. Treiman & M. R. Trimble, pp. 185–95. New York: Raven Press
Blumer, D. (1992). Postictal depression: significance for the neurobehavioral disorder of epilepsy. J. Epilepsy 5: 214–19
Blumer, D. & Zielinski, J. (1988). Pharmacologic treatment or psychiatric disorders associated with epilepsy. J. Epilepsy 1: 135–50
Brent, D. A., Crumrine, P. K., Varma, R. R., et al. (1987). Phenobarbital treatment and major depressive disorder in children with epilepsy. Pediatrics 80: 909–17
Bromfield, E. B., Altshuler, L. & Leidermann, D. B. (1990). Cerebral metabolism and depression in patients with complex partial seizures. Epilepsia 31: 625
Calabrese, J. R., Fatemi, S. H. & Woyshville, M. J. (1996). Antidepressant effects of lamotrigine in rapid cycling bipolar disorder. Am. J. Psychiatry 153: 1236
Carlson, G. A. & Abbott, S. F. (1995). Mood disorders and suicide. In Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock, pp. 2367–91. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
Currie, S., Heathfield, K. & Henson, R. (1971). Clinical course and prognosis of temporal lobe epilepsy: a survey of 666 patients. Brain 94: 173–90
Davies, R. E. (1979). Manic depressive variant syndrome of childhood: a preliminary report. Am. J. Psychiatry 136: 702–6
Deb, S. & Hunter, D. (1991). Psychopathology of people with mental handicap and epilepsy. II: psychiatric illness. Br. J. Psychiatry 159: 826–30
Devinsky, O., Kelley, K., Yacubian, E. M. T., et al. (1994). Postictal behavior: a clinical and subdural electroencephalographic study. Arch. Neurol. 51: 254–9
Dodrill, C. B., Breyer, D. N., Diamond, M. B., et al. (1984). Psychosocial problems among adults with epilepsy. Epilepsia 25: 168–75
Dunn, D. W. (1996). Factors related to depression in adolescents with epilepsy. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1996
Dunn, D. W., Austin J. K. & Huyster, G. A. (1997). Behavior problems in children with new-onset epilepsy. Seizure 6: 283–7
Emrich, M., Dose, M. & von Zerssen, D. (1985). The use of sodium valproate, carbamazepine and oxcarbazepine in patients with affective disorders. J. Affect. Disord. 8: 243–50
Ettinger, A. B. & Perrine, K. (1996). Psychiatric/psychosocial issues in epilepsy. In Epilepsy Update, ed. J. French, W. D. Shields, T. T. Sutula & B. W. Braxton, pp. 13–24. Norwalk, CT: GEM Communications
Faedda, G., Baldessarini, R., Suppes, T., et al. (1995). Pediatric-onset bipolar disorder: a neglected clinical and public health problem. Harv. Rev. Psychiatry 3: 171–95
Farone, S. V., Biederman, J., Mennin, D., et al. (1997). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder with bipolar disorder: a familial subtype? J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 36: 1378–87, 1387–90
Favale, E., Rubino, V., Mainardi, P., et al. (1995). The anticonvulsant effect of fluoxetine in humans. Neurology 45: 1925–7
Fenwick, P. B. C. (1992). Antiepileptic drugs and their psychotropic effects. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 6): 533–6
Fiordelli, E., Beghi, E., Bogliun, G., et al. (1993). Epilepsy and pscyhaitric disutrbance. A cross-sectional study. Br. J. Psychiatry 163: 446–50
Frangos, E. & Alexandrakou, P. (1991). Temporal lobe epilepsy and affective disorders. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 51
Gehlert, S. (1994). Perceptions of control in adults with epilepsy. Epilepsia 35: 81–8
Geller, B. & Luby, J. (1997). Child and adolescent bipolar disorder: a review of the past 10 years. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 36: 1168–76
Gillham, R. A. (1990). Refractory epilepsy: an evaluation of psychological methods in outpatient management. Epilepsia 31: 427–32
Gilliam, F., Maton, B., Martin, R. C., et al. (2000). Extent of 1H spectroscopic abnormalities independently predicts mood status and quality of life in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 54
Glauser, T. A. (1999). Topiramate. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 5): 71–80
Harden, C. L. (2002). The co-morbidity of depression and epilepsy, epidemiology, etiology and treatment, Neurology 59 (suppl 4): 48–55
Harris, E. C. & Barraclough, B. (1997). Suicide as an outcome for mental disorders: a meta-analysis. Br. J. Psychiatry 170: 205–28
Hauser, W. A. & Hesdorffer, D. C. (2000). Psychosis, depression and epilepsy: epidemiologic considerations. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy: A Practical Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanno, pp. 7–17. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Hawton, K., Fagg, J. & Marsack, P. (1980). Association between epilepsy and attempted suicide. J. Neurol. Neuosurg. Psychiatry 43: 168–70
Heilman, K. M., Scholes, R. & Watson, R. T. (1975). Auditory affective agnosia: disturbed comprehension of affective speech. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 38: 69–71
Hermann, B. P. & Whitman, S. (1989). Psychosocial predictors of interictal depression. J. Epilepsy 2: 231–7
Hermann, B. P. & Wyler, A. R. (1989). Depression, locus of control, and the effects of epilepsy surgery. Epilepsia 30: 332–8
Hermann, B. P., Seidenberg, M. & Bell, B. (2000). Psychiatric comorbidity in chronic epilepsy: identification, consequences, and treatment of major depression. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 2): 31–41
Indaco, A., Carrieri, P. B., Nappi, C., et al. (1992). Interictal depression in epilepsy. Epilepsy Res. 12: 45–50
Jacoby, A. (1992). Epilepsy and the quality of everyday life: findings from a study of people with well-controlled epilepsy. Soc. Sci. Med. 42: 657–66
Kanner, A. M. & Balabanov, A. (2002). Depression and epilepsy: how closely related are they? Neurology 58 (suppl 5): 27–39
Kashani, J. H., Carson, G. A., Beck, N. C., et al. (1987). Depression, depressive symptoms and depressed mood among a community sample of adolescents Am. J. Psych. 144: 931–4
Keller, M. B., Lavori, P. W., Klerman, G. L., et al. (1986). Low levels and lack of predictors of somatotherapy and psychotherapy received by depressed patients. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 43: 458–68
Kendrick, A. M., Duncan, J. S. & Trimble, M. R. (1993). Effects of discontinuation of individual antiepileptic drugs on mood. Hum. Psychopharmacol. 8: 263–70
Klerman, G. L. (1990). Treatment of recurrent unipolar major depressive disorder: commentary on the Pittsburgh Study. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 47: 1158–61
Koch-Weser, M., Garron, D. C., Gilley, D. W., et al. (1988). Prevalence of psychological disorders after surgical treatment of seizures Arch. Neurol. 45: 1308–11
Kogeorgos, J., Fonagy, P. & Scott, D. F. (1982). Psychiatric symptom patterns of chronic epileptics attending a neurological clinic: a controlled investigation. Br. J. Psychiatry 140: 236–43
Kudo, T., Ishida, S., Kubota, H., et al. (2001). Manic episode in epilepsy and bipolar disorder: a comparative analysis of 13 patients. Epilespia 42: 1036–42
Kupfer, D. J., Frank, E. & Perel, J. M. (1989). The advantage of early treatment intervention in recurrent depression. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 46: 771–5
Lambert, M. V. & Robertson, M. M. (1999). Depression in epilepsy: etiology, phenomenology and treatment. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 10): 21–47
Long, C. G. & Moore, J. R. (1979). Parental expectations for their epileptic children. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 20: 299–312
Lopez-Rodriguez, F., Altshuler, L. & Kay, J. (1999). Depression and laterality of epileptogenic region in patients with medically-refractory temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 60
Lyketsos, C. G., Stoline, A. M., Longstreet, P., et al. (1993). Mania in temporal lobe epilepsy. Neuropsychiatry Neuropsychol. Behav. Neurol. 6: 19–25
Macniak, J. (1999). Studies on depression disorders in temporal lobe epilepsy in adolescents. 23rd International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 2): 274
Mayou, R. & Hawton, K. (1986). Psychiatric disorder in the general hospital. Br. J. Psychiatry 149: 172–90
Meldrum, B. S. (1991). Neurochemical substrates of ictal behavior. In Neurobehavioral problems in epilepsy, ed. D. B. Smith & D. M. Treiman, Vol. 55, pp. 35–45. New York: Raven Press
Mendez, M. F., Cummings, J. L. & Benson, D. F. (1986). Depression in epilepsy: significance and phenomenology. Arch. Neurol. 43: 766–70
Mendez, M. F., Doss, R. C., Taylor, J. L., et al. (1993). Depression in epilepsy: relationship to seizures and anticonvulsant therapy. J. Nen. Ment. Dis. 181: 444–7
Mittan, R. (1986). Fear of seizures. In Psychopathology in Epilepsy: Social Dimensions, ed. S. Whitman & B. P. Hermann, pp. 90–121. New York: Oxford University Press
Mittan, R. (1987). The influence of seizure–related variables upon patients' fears of death and brain damage. Epilepsia 28: 540
Murray, R. E., Abou-Khalil, B. & Griner, L. (1994). Evidence for familial association of psychiatric disorders and epilepsy. Biol. Psychiatry 36: 428–9
Onuma, T. (2000). Classification of psychiatric symptoms in patients with epilepsy. Proceedings of the 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 9): 43–8
Piazza, A. & Canger, R. (2001). Depression and anxiety in patients with epilepsy. In Epilespia and Learning Disabilities, ed. G. F. Ayala, M. Elia, C. M. Cornaggia & M. R. Trimble. Epilepsia 42: 29–31
Pisani, F., Spina, E. & Oteri, G. (1999). Antidepressant drugs and seizure susceptibility: from in vitro data to clinical practice. Epilepsia 30 (suppl 10): 38–56
Pratt, J. A., Jenner, P., Johnson, A. L., et al. (1984). Anticonvulsant drugs alter plasma tryptophan concentrations in epileptic patients: implications for antiepileptic action and mental function. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 47: 1131–3
Prediville, S. & Gale, K. (1993). Anticonvulsant effect of fluoxetine on focally evoked limbic motor seizures in rats. Epilepsia 34: 381–4
Prien, R. F. & Kupfer, D. J. (1986). Continuation drug therapy for major depressive episodes: how long should it be maintained? Am. J. Psychiatry 143: 18–23
Ratti, M. T., Raffacle, M., Galimberti, C. A., et al. (1998). Depressed mood in people with epilepsy. 3rd European Congress of Epilepsy. Epilepsia 39 (suppl): 122
Rey, G., Carrazana, E., Garaycoa, G., et. al. (2000). Affective disorders in juvenile myoclonic epielspy: a prospective study. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 236
Ring, H. A., Moriarty, J. & Trimble, M. R. (1998). A prospective study of the early postsurgical psychiatric associations of epilepsy surgery. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 64: 601–4
Roberts, A. (1995). The use of antidepressant drugs in general practice. Prescriber 5: 35–53
Robertson, M. M. (1997). Depression in neurological disorders. In Depression and Physical Illness, ed. M. M. Robertson & C. L. E. Katona, pp. 305–40. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Robertson, M. M. (1998). Mood disorders associated with epilepsy. In Psychiatric Comorbidity in Epilepsy. Basic Mechanisms, Diagnosis, and Treatment, ed. H. W. McConnell & P. J. Sander, pp. 132–67. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press
Ronald, S. & Duman, R. (1999). The neurochemistry of mood disorders: preclinical studies. In Neurobiology of Mental Illness, ed. D. S. Charney, E. J. Nesler & B. S. Bunney, pp. 333–48. New York: Oxford University Press
Ryback, R. S., Brodsky, L. & Munasilfi, F. (1997). Gabapentin in bipolar disorder. J. Neuropsych. Clin. Neurosci. 9: 301
Sarzhevskiy, S. (1998). Peculiarities of depression owing to drug treatment in epilepsy. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 123
Schaffer, C. B. & Schaffer, L. C. (1997). Gabapentin in the treatment of bipolar disorder. Am. J. Psychiatry 154: 291–2
Schou, M., Amdisen, A. & Trap-Jensen, J. (1979). Lithium poisoning. Am. J. Psychiatry 125: 520–27
Shukla, S., Mukherjee, S. & Decina, P. (1988). Lithium in the treatment of bipolar disorders associated with epilepsy: an open study. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol. 8: 201–4
Simard, M., Gumbiner, B., Lee, A., et al. (1989). Lithium carbonate intoxication: a case report and review of the literature. Arch. Intern. Med. 194: 36–46
Smith, D. B. & Collins, J. B. (1987). Behavioral effects of carbamazepine, phenobarbital, phenytoin and primidone. Epilepsia 28: 598
Sporn, J. & Sachs, G. (1997). The anticonvulsant lamotrigine in treatment resistant manic-depressive illness. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol. 17: 185–9
Spring, G. K. (1980). EEG observations in confirming neurotoxicity. Am. J. Psychiatry 136: 1099–100
Standage, K. F. & Fenton, G. W. (1975). Psychiatric symptom profiles of patients with epilepsy: a controlled investigation. Psychol. Med. 5: 152–60
Strauss, E, Wada, J. & Moll, A. (1992). Depression in male and female subjects with complex partial seizures. Arch. Neurol. 49: 391–2
Taylor, D. C. (1972). Mental state and temporal lobe epilepsy: a correlative account of 100 patients treated surgically. Epilepsia 13: 727–65
Thompson, P. J. (1991). Memory function in patients with epilepsy. In Neurobehavioral Problems in Epilepsy. Advances in Neurology, ed. D. Smith, D. Treiman & M. R. Trimble, Vol. 55, pp. 369–84. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. (1988). Biological Psychiatry. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Usiskin, S. (1995). Counseling in epilepsy. In Epilepsy, 2nd edn, ed. A. Hopkins, S. Shorvon & G. Cascino, pp. 565–71. London: Chapman & Hall
Vickrey, B. G., Hays, R. D., Graber, J., et al. (1992). A health-related quality of life instrument for patients evaluated for epilepsy surgery. Med. Care 30: 299–319
Viikinsalo, M., Sawrie, S., Kuzniecky, R., et al. (2000). Depression and medication toxicity but not seizure frequency of severity predict health outcomes in refractory epilepsy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 174
Walden, J., Hesslinger, B., van-Calker, D., et al. (1996). Addition of lamotrigine to valproate may enhance efficacy in the treatment of bipolar affective disorder. Pharmacopsychiatry 29: 193–5
Weil, A. A. (1959). Ictal emotions occurring in temporal lobe dysfunction. Arch. Neurol. 1: 87–97
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67
Weller, E., Weller, R. & Fristad, M. (1995). Bipolar disorder in children: misdiagnosis, under diagnosis and future directions. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 34: 709–14
Weller, R. A., Weller, E. B., Tucker, S. G., et al. (1986). Mania in prepubertal children: has it been underdiagnosed? J. Affect. Disord. 11: 151–4
Wharton, R. N. (1969). Grand mal seizures with lithium treatment. Am. J. Psychiatry 125: 152
Williams, D. (1956). The structure of emotions reflected in epileptic experiences. Brain 79: 29–67
Wozniak, J., Biederman, J. & Richards, J. A. (2001). Diagnostic and therapeutic dilemmas in the management of pediatric-onset bipolar disorder. J. Clin. Psychiatry 62 (suppl 14): 10–15
Zielinski, J. J. (1974). Epilepsy and mortality rate and cause of death. Epilepsia 15: 191–201

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Bach-y-Rita, G., Lion, J. R., Climent, C. E., et al. (1971). Episodic dyscontrol: a study of 103 violent patients. Am. J. Psychiatry 127: 1473–8
Blanchet, P. & Frommer, G. P. (1986). Mood changes preceding epileptic seizures. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 174: 471–6
Blumer, D. (1967). The temporal lobes and paroxysmal behavior disorders. Z. Psychiol. 51: 273–85
Caplan, R., Arbelle, S., Guthrie, D., et al. (1997). Formal thought disorder and psychopathology in pediatry primary generalized and complex partial epilepsy. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 36: 1286–94
Cavazzuti, G. B. (1980). Epidemiology of different types of epilepsy in school age children of Modena Italy. Epilepsia 21: 57–62
Chengappa, K. N., Ebeling, T., Kang, J. S., et al. (1999). Clozapine reduced severe self-mutilation and aggression in psychotic patients with borderline personality disorder. J. Clin. Psychiatry 60: 477–84
Davis, L. L., Ryan, W., Adinof, B., et al. (2000). Comprehensive review of the psychiatric uses of valproate. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol. 20 (suppl 10): 1–17
Delgado-Escueta, A. V., Mattsen, R. H., King, L., et al. (1981). Special Report: the nature of aggression during epileptic seizures. N. Engl. J. Med. 305: 711–16
Dunn, D. W. & Austin, J. K. (1998). Behavioral aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & P. B. Hermann, pp. New York: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Fenwick, P. (1981). EEG studies. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. M. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 42–63. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Fenwick, P. (1997). Episodic dyscontrol. In Epilepsy: A Comprehensive Review Textbook, ed. J. Engle & T. A. Pedley, pp. 2767–74. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven
Ferguson, S. M., Ryaport, M. & Corrie, W. S. (1980). Mechanisms of aggressive behavior in patients with temporal-limbic epilepsy. In Advances in Epileptology, The Xth Epilepsy International Symposium, ed. J. A. Wada & J. K. Penry, p. 527. New York: Raven Press
Gastaut, H., Morin, G. & Lesevre, N. (1955). Etude du comportement des epileptiques sycho-motoeurs dans I'intervalle de leurs crises. Ann. Med. Psychol. 1–27
Gerad, M. E., Spitz, M. C., Towbin, J. A., et al. (1998). Subacute post-ictal aggression. Neurology 50: 384–8
Glaser, G. (1967). Limbic epilepsy in childhood. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 141: 392–7
Henry, A. S., Berkovic, S. F., Wrennall, J. A., et al. (1997). Temporal lobe epilepsy in childhood: clinical, EGG and neuroimaging findings and syndrome classification in a cohort with new-onset seizures. Neurology 49: 960–63
Hermann, B. P., Black, R. B. & Chabria, S. (1981). Behavioral problems and social competence in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 22: 703–10
Hermann, B. P., Schartz, M. S., Whitman, S., et al. (1980). Aggression and epilepsy: seizure-type comparisons and high risk variables Epilespia 22: 691–8
Herzberg, J. & Fenwick, P. B. C. (1988). The etiology of aggression in temporal-lobi epilepsy. Br. J. Psychiatry 153: 50–5
Holmes, G. L. (1987). Psychosocial factors in childhood epilepsy. In Diagnosis and Management of Epilepsy in Children, pp. 112–24. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Juhasz, C., Behen, M. E., Muzik, O., et al. (2001). Bilateral prefrontal temporal neocortical hypometabolism in children with epilepsy and aggression. Epilespia 42: 991–1001
Kanemoto, K., Kawasaki, J. & Mori, E. (1999). Violence and epilepsy: a close relation between violence and post-ictal psychosis. Epilespia 40: 107–9
Kaufman, K. R., Kugler, S. L., Sachdeo, R. C., et al. (1999). Tiagabine in the management of post-encephalitic epilepsy and impulse control disorders. Epilespia 40 (suppl 7): 57
Keating, L. E. (1961). Epilepsy and behavior disorder in school children. J. Ment. Sci. 107: 161–80
Lewin, J. & Sumners, D. (1992). Successful treatment of episodic dyscontrol with carbamazepine. Br. J. Psychiatry 161: 261–2
Lewis, D. O. (1976). Delinquency, psychomotor epileptic symptoms and paranoid ideation: a triad. Am. J. Psychiatry 133: 1395–8
Lewis, D. O., Pincus, J., Shanok, S., et al. (1981). Psychomotor epilepsy and violence in a group of incarcerated adolescent boys. Am. J. Psychiatry 139: 882–7
Lindsay, J. (1981). The long-term outcome of temporal lobe epilepsy in childhood. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 185–215. London: Churchill Livingstone
Maletzky, B. M. (1973). The episodic dyscontrol syndrome. Dis. Nerv. Syst. 34: 180–84
Mendez, M. F., Doss, R. C. & Taylor, J. L. (1993). Interictal violence in epilepsy: relationships to behavior and seizure variables. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 181: 566–9
Neidermeyer, E. (1990). Psychological-psychiatric aspects. In The Epilepsies, Diagnosis and Management, pp. 213–81. Baltimore, MD: Urban & Schwarzenberg
Nuffield, E. J. A. (1961). Neuro-physiology and behavior disorders in epileptic children. J. Ment. Sci. 107: 438–58
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. (1968). Biological Factors in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy. London: Spastics Society and Heinemann
Pond, D. A. & Bidwell, B. H. (1954). Management of behavior disorders in epileptic children. Br. Med. J. 11: 1520
Rodin, E. A. (1973). Psychomotor epilepsy and aggressive behavior. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 28: 210–13
Saint-Hilaire, J. M., Gilbert, M., Bouvbier, G., et al. (1980). Epilepsy and aggression: two cases with depth electrode studies. In Epilepsy Updated: Causes and Treatment, ed. P. Robb, pp. 145–75 Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers
Schacter, S. C. (2001). Aggressive behavior in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 201–14. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Sillinpaa, M. (1973). Medico-social prognosis of children with epilepsy. Acta Paediatr. Scand. Suppl. 237: 6–104
Stone, J. L., McDaniel, K. D., Hughes, J. R., et al. (1986). Episodic dyscontrol disorders and paroxysmal EEG abnormalities: successful treatment with carbamazepine. Biol. Psychiatry 21: 208–12
Stores, G. (1971). Cognitive function in children with epilepsy. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 13: 390–92
Svoboda, W. B. (1979). Emotional and behavioral consequences of epilepsy. In Learning About Epilepsy, pp. 157–84. Baltimore, MD: University Park Press
Szondi, L. (1963). Schicksalsanalytische Therapie. Bern: Hans Huber
Trieman, D. M. (1986). Epilepsy and violence: medical and legal issues. Epilepsia 27: 77–104
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

American Psychiatric Association (1994). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM IV). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association
Amir, N. & Gross Tsur, V. (1994). Paradoxical normalization in childhood epilepsia. Epilepsia 35: 1060–64
Andermann, L. F., Savard, G., Meencke, H. J., et al. (1999). Psychosis after resection of ganglioglioma or DNET: evidence for an association. Epilepsia 40: 83–7
Ben Ary, Y. & Repressa, A. (1990). Brief seizure episodes induce long-term potentiation and mossy fibre sprouting in the hippocampus. Trends Neurosci. 13: 312–19
Bernsweig, D., Stern, E. & Lieberman, J. (2002). The brain. Newsweek, March 1, 2002
Blanchet, P. & Frommer, G. P. (1986). Mood change preceding epileptic seizures. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 174: 471–6
Bolwig, T. G. (1994). Seizures in therapy of psychoses. Neuropsychiatry 9: 79
Bruton, C. J., Stevens, J. & Frith, C. D. (1994). Epilepsy, psychosis and schizophrenia: clinical and neuropathologic correlations. Neurology 44: 32–42
Caplan, R., Arbelle, S., Guthrie, D., et al. (1997). Formal thought disorder and psychopathology in pediatric primary generalized and complex partial epilepsy J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 36: 1286–94
Caplan, R., Guthrie, D. & Siddarth, P. (2000) Thought disorders in complex partial seizures and petit mal. Epilespia 41 (suppl 7): 88
Caplan, R., Shields, W. D., Mori, L., et al. (1991). Middle childhood onset of interictal psychosis. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 30: 893–6
Carlsson, M. & Carlsson, A. (1990). Schizophrenia: a subcortical neurotransmitter imbalance syndrome? Schizophr. Bull. 16: 425–32
Conlon, P., Trimble, M. R. & Rogers, D. (1995). A study of epileptic psychosis using magnetic resonance imaging. Br. J. Psychiatry 156: 231–5
Coyle, J. T. (1996). The glutaminergic dysfunction hypothesis of schizoprhenia. Harv. Rev. Psychiatry 3: 241–3
Cummings, J. L. & Trimble, M. R. (1995). Concise Guide of Neuropsychiatry and Behavioral Neurology. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association
Davison, K. & Bagley, C. R. (1969). Schizophrenia-like psychoses associated with organic disorders of the central nervous system: a review of the literature. Br. J. Psychiatry 4: 113–83
Devinsky, O., Abramson, H., Alper, K., et al. (1995). Postictal psychosis: a case control series of 20 patients and 150 controls. Epilepsy Res. 20: 247–53
Devinsky, O. & Pacia, S. V. (1994). Seizures during clozapine therapy. J. Clin. Psychiatry 55: 153–6
Dunn, D. W. (1998). Behavioral aspects of pediatric epilepsy. In Psychiatry In Epilepsy: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management, ed. A. B. Ettinger & B. P. Hermann. New York: Symposium Proceedings
Flor-Henry, P. (1968). Psychosis and temporal lobe epilepsy: a controlled investigation. Epilepsia 10: 353–95
Gallhofer, B., Trimble, M. R. & Frackowiak, R. (1985). A study of cerebral flow and metabolism in epileptic psychosis using positron emission tomography and oxygen. J. Neurol. Neuorsurg. Psychiatry 48: 201–6
Gibbs, F. A. (1951). Ictal and non-ictal psychiatric disorders in temporal lobe epilepsy. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 113: 522–8
Glosser, G., Zwil, A. S., Glosser, D. S., et al. (2000). Psychiatric aspects of temporal lobe epilepsy before and after anterior temporal lobectomy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 68: 53–8
Hauser, W. A. & Hesdorffer, D. C. (2001). Psychoses, depression and epilepsy: epidemiological considerations. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 187–9. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Hermann, B. P. (1979). Psychopathology in epilepsy and learned helplessness. Med. Hypotheses 5: 723–9
Hermann, B. P. & Whitman, S. (1984). Behavior and personality correlates of epilepsy: a review. Methological critique and conceptual model. Psychol. Bull. 95: 456–97
Jablinsky, A., Sartorius, N., Ernberg, G., et al. (1992). Schizophrenia: manifestations, incidence and course in different cultures. A World Health Organization ten country study. Psychol. Med. (suppl) 20: 1–97
Jensen, I. & Vaemet, K. (1977). Temporal lobe epilepsy: follow-up investigation of 74 temporal lobe resected patients. Acta Neurochir. 37: 173–200
Jibiki, I., Maeda, T., Kubota, T. & Yamaguchi, N. (1993). 123 I-IMP SPECT brain imaging in epiletic psychosis: a study of two cases of temporal lobe epilepsy with schizophrenia-like syndrome. Neuropsychobiology 28: 207–11
Kanemoto, K., Kawasaki, J. & Kawai, J. (1996). Postictal psychosis: a comparison with acute interictal and chronic psychoses. Epilepsia 37: 551–6
Kanner, A. M. (2000). Psychosis of epilepsy: a neurologist's perspective. Epilepsy Behav. 1: 219–27
Kanner, A. M., Stagno, S., Kotagal, P., et al. (1996). Postictal psychiatric events during prolonged video-electroencephalographic monitoring studies. Arch. Neurol. 53: 258–63
Kawakami, M., Terasawa, E. & Ibuki, T. (1970). Changes in multiple unit activity over the brain during the estrous cycle. Neuroendocrinology 6: 30–48
Ketter, T. A., Malow, B. A., Flamini, R., et al. (1994). Anticonvulsant withdrawal: emergent psychopathology. Neurology 44: 55–61
Krishnamoorthy, E. S. & Trimble, M. R. (1999). Forced normalization: clinical and therapeutic relevance. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 10): 57–64
Kristensen, O. & Sindrup, E. H. (1978). Psychomotor epilepsy and psychosis. I: physical aspects. Acta Neurol. Scand. 57: 361–9
Kubagawa, T., Furusho, U. J. & Maruyama, H. (1997). Study of psychiatric symptoms after discontinuation of antiepileptic drugs. Proceedings of the 30th Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 38 (suppl 6): 26–31
Lancman, M. E., Craven, W. J., Asconape, J. J., et al. (1994). Clinical management of recurrent postictal psychosis. J. Epilepsy 7: 47–51
Leinonen, E., Tuunainen, A. & Lepola, U. (1994). Postoperative psychoses in epileptic patients after temporal lobectomy. Acta Neurol. Scand. 90: 394–9
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C. & Richards, P. (1979a). Long-term outcome in childrenn with temporal lobe seizures. II: marriage, parenthood and sexual differences. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 21: 433–40
Lindsay, J., Ounsted, C. & Richards, P. (1979b). Long-term outcome in children with temporal lobe seizures. I: social outcome and childhood factors. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 21: 630–36
Luef, G. & Bauer, G. (1996). Topiramate in drug-resistant partial and generalized epilepsies. Epilepsia 37: 69–73
Mace, C. J. & Trimble, M. R. (1981). Psychosis following temporal lobe surgery: a report of 6 cases. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 64: 639–44
Manchanda, R., Miller, H. & McLachlan, R. S. (1993). Postictal psychosis after right temporal lobectomy. J. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 66: 277–9
Manchanda, R., Schaefer, B., McLachlan, R. S., et al. (1996). Psychiatric disorders in candidates for surgery for epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 61: 82–9
Marshall, E. J., Syed, G. M. S., Fenwick, P. B. C., et al. (1993). A pilot study using single photon emission computerized tomography. Br. J. Psychiatry 163: 32–6
Mathern, G. W., Pretorius, J. K., Babb, T. L., et al. (1995). Unilateral hippocampal mossy fiber sprouting and bilateral asymmetric neuronal loss with episodic postictal psychosis. J. Neurosurg 82: 228–33
Matsuura, M. (1997). Psychoses of epilepsy with special reference to anterior temporal lobectomy. Proceedings of the 30th Congress of the Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 38 (suppl 6): 32–4
McConnell, H. & Duncan, D. (1998). Treatment of psychiatric comorbidity in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Comorbidity in Epilepsy: Basic Mechanisms, Diagnosis, and Treatment, ed. H. McConnell & P. J. Snyder. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press
McConnell, H., Snyder, P. J., Duffy, J. D., et al. (1996). Neuropsychiatric side effects related to treatment with felbamate. J. Neuropsychiatry Clin. Neurosci. 8: 341–6
McDanal, C. E. & Bolman, W. M. (1975). Delayed idiosyncratic psychosis with diphenylhydantoin. JAMA 231: 1063
Mendez, M. F. & Grau, R. (1991). The postictal psychosis of epilepsy: investigation in two patients. Int. J. Psychiatry Med. 21: 85–92
Onuma, T. (1997). Paranoid-hallucinatory state in patients with epilepsy: historical perspective in Japan. Proceedings of the 30th Congress of the Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 38 (suppl 6): 17–21
Onuma, T. (2000). Classification of psychiatric symptoms in patients with epilepsy. Proceedings of 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 9): 43–8
Pakalnis, A., Drake, J. K., & Kellum, J. B. (1987). Forced normalization: acute psychosis after seizure control in seven patients. Arch. Neurol. 44: 289–92
Perlo, V. P. & Schwab, R. S. (1969). Unrecognized Dilantin intoxication. In Modern Neurology, ed. S. Locke, pp. 589–97. Boston: Little, Brown
Psatta, D. M., Tudorache, B., Matei, M., et al. (1991). Cerebral dysfunction revealed by EEG mapping in the schizoform epileptic psychosis. Rom. J. Neurol. Psychiatry 29: 81–98
Rayport, M. & Ferguson, S. M. (1998). Psychoses of epilepsy. In Psychiatric Aspects of Epilepsy: A Practial Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Wiliams & Wilkins
Rayport, M. & Ferguson, S. M. (2001). Psychoses of epilepsy, an integrated approach. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 730–94. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Reutens, D. C., Savard, G., Andermann, F., et al. (1977). Results of surgical treatment in temporal lobe epilepsy with chronic psychosis. Brain 120: 1929–36
Ried, S. & Mothersill, I. W. (1998). Forced normalization: the clinical neurologist's view. In Forced Normalization and Alternative Psychoses of Epilepsy, ed. M. R. Trimble & B. Schmitz, pp. 77–94. Petersfield, UK: Wrightson Biomedical
Ring, H. A., Trimble, M. R., Costa, D. C., et al. (1994). Striatal dopamine receptor binding in epileptic psychoses. Biol. Psychiatry 356: 375–80
Rivinus, T. M. (1982). Psychiatric effects of the anticonvulsant regimens. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol. 2: 165–92
Roberts, G. W., Done, D. J. & Crow, T. J. (1990). A “mock-up” of schizophrenia: temporal lobe epilepsy and schizophrenia-like psychosis. Biol. Psychiatry 28: 127–43
Sander, J. W. & Duncan, J. S. (1996). Vigabatrin. In The Treatment of Epilepsy, ed. S. Shorvon, F. Dreifuss, D. Fish & D. Thomas, pp. 491–9. Oxford: Blackwell Science
Sander, J. W., Hart, Y. M., Trimble, M. R., et al. (1991). Vigabatrin and psychosis. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 54: 435–9
Savard, G., Andermann, F., Olivier, A., et al. (1991). Postictal psychoses after partial complex seizures: a multiple case study. Epilepsia 31: 225–31
Schmitz, B. (1966). Psychiatrische Symptoms bei Epielspie – welchen Effect haben Antiepileptika?, pp. 24–7. German League Against Epilepsy
Sengoku, A., Toichi, M. & Murai, T. (1997). Comparison of psychotic states in patients with idiopathic generalized epilepsy and temporal lobe epilepsy. Proceedings of the 30th Congress of the Japan Epiepsy Society. Epilepsia 38 (suppl 6): 22–5
Sherwin, I. (1981). Psychosis associated with epilepsy: significance of the laterality of the epileptogenic lesion. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 44: 83–5
Sherwin, I., Perin-Magnon, J., Bancaud, J., et al. (1982). Prevalence of psychosis in epilepsy as a function of laterality of epileptogenic lesion. Arch. Neurol. 39: 621–5
Sironi, V. A., Franzini, A., Ravaghati, L., et al. (1979). Interictal psychoses in temporal lobe epilepsy during withdrawal of anticonvulsant therapy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 42: 724–30
So, H. K., Svard, G., Andermann, F., et al. (1990). Acute postictal psychosis, a stereo EEG study. Epilepsia 31: 188–93
Stevens, J. R. (1990). Psychiatric consequences of temporal lobectomy for intractable seizures: a 20–30 year follow-up of 14 cases. Psychol. Med. 20: 529–65
Stevens, J. R. (1991). Psychosis and the temporal lobe. In Advances in Neurology, ed. D. Smith, D. Treiman & M. Trimble, Vol. 55, pp. 79–96. New York: Raven Press
Taylor, D. C. (1972). Mental state and temporal lobe epilepsy: a correlative account of 100 patients treated surgically. Epilepsia 13: 727–65
Taylor, D. C. (1975). Factors influencing the occurrence of schizophrenia-like psychoses in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy Psychol. Med. 56: 249–65
Theodore, W. H., Albert, P., Stertz, B., et al. (1995). Felbamate monotherapy: implications for antiepileptic drug development. Epilepsia 36: 105–10
Thomas, L., Trimble, M. & Schmitz, B. (1996). Vigabatrin and behaivour disorders: a retrospective survey. Epilepsy Res. 25: 21–7
Toone, B. K., Garralda, M. E. & Ron, M. A. (1982). The psychosis of epilepsy and the functional psychosis: a clinical and phenomenological comparison. Br. J. Psychiatry 141: 256–61
Torta, R. & Keller, R. (1999). Behavioral, psychotic and anxiety disorders in epilepsy: etiology, clinical features and therapeutic implications. Epilepsia 50 (suppl 10): 2–20
Torta, R., Monaco, F., Bergamasco, L., et al. (1993). Lack of adverse cognitive effects of vigabatrin in epileptic patients: neuropsychology and neuropsychological evaluation. Ital J. Neurol. Sci. Suppl. 14: 110
Toth, P. & Frankenburg, F. R. (1994). Clozapine and seizures: a review. Can. J. Psychiatry 39: 236–8
Trimble, M. R. (1988). Biological Psychiatry. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Trimble, M. R. (1991). Treatment of epileptic psychosis. In The Psychoses of Epilepsy, ed. M. R. Trimble, pp. 150–63. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. (1992). Behavior changes following temporal lobectomy, with special reference to psychosis. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 55: 89–91
Trimble, M. R. (1993). Interictal psychoses. Presented at the International Epilepsy Conference, Oslo, Norway, 1993
Trimble, M. R. (1994). The effects of seizures on psychopathology. Presented at Psychiatric Aspects of Epilepsy: New Directions in the 1990s, Vancouver
Trimble, M. R. (1997). Psychiatric profiles and patterns of cerebral blood flow in focal epilepsy: interactions between depression, obsessionality, and perfusion related to the laterality of the epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 62: 458–63
Trimble, M. R. (1998). Forced normalization and the role of anticonvulsants. In Forced Normalization, ed. M. R. Trimble & B. Schmitz, pp. 169–78. Petersfield: Wringtson Biomedical
Umbricht, D., Degreef, G., Barr, W. B., et al. (1995). Postictal and chronic psychoses in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. Am. J. Psychiatry 152: 224–30
Weinberger, D. & Berman, K. (1996). Prefrontal function in schizophrenia: confounds and controversies. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. 351: 1495–1503
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. Prim. Psychiatry June: 51–67
Wolf, P. (1984). The clinical syndromes of forced normalization. Folia Psychiatr. Neurol. Jpn. 38: 187–92
Wolf, P. (1991). Acute behavioral symptomatology at disappearance of epileptiform EEG abnormality: paradoxical or “forced normalization.” In Advances in Neurology, ed. D. Smith, D. Treiman & M. Trimble, Vol. 55, pp. 127–42. New York: Raven Press

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Alper, K., Devinsky, O., Perrine, K., et al. (1993). Nonepileptic seizures and childhood sexual and physical abuse. Neurology 43: 1950–53
Alper, K., Devinksy, O., Perrine, K., et al. (1995). Psychiatric classification of non-conversion nonepileptic seizures. Arch. Neurol. 562: 199–201
Beaussart, M. (1972). Benign epilepsy of childhood with Rolandic (centrotemporal) paroxysmal foci. A clinical entity: study of 221 cases. Epilespia 13: 795–811
Besag, F. M. (1999). Classification and management of pseudoseizures in children. Epilespia 40 (suppl 7): 59
Betts, T. & Boden S. (1992). Diagnosis, management and prognosis of a group of 128 patients with nonepileptic attack disorder. Part II: previous childhood sexual abuse in the etiology of these disorders. Seizure 1: 27–32
Bowman, E. S. (1993). Etiology and clinical course of pseudoseizures relationship to trauma, depression and dissociation. Psychosomatics 34: 333–42
Brunquell, P. J. (1995). Psychogenic seizures in children. Int. Pediatr. 10 (suppl): 47–54
Caplan, R. (1995). Psychiatric aspects of psychogenic seizures in childhood. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1995
Caplan, R. & Gillberg, C. (1997). Child psychiatric disorders. In Epilepsy: A Comprehensive Textbook, ed. J. Engle & T. A. Pedley, pp. 2125–39. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven
Caplan, R., Arbelle, S., Guthrie, D., et al. (1997). Formal thought disorder and psychopathology ion pediatric primary generalized and complex partial epilepsy. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 36: 1286–94
Carmant, L., Kramer, U., Riviello, J., Jr, et al. (1993). Pseudoseizures presenting at the young age of six years in two children. Epilespia 34 (suppl 6): 99
Cohen, R. J. & Suter, C. (1982). Hysterical seizures: suggestion as a provacative EEG test. Ann. Neurol. 11: 391–5
Drake, M. E., Pakalnis, A. & Phillips, B. B. (1992). Neuropsychological and psychiatric correlates of intractable pseudoseizures. Seizures 1: 11–14
Dreifuss, F. E. & Gates, J. R. (2000). Munchausen syndrome by proxy and Svengali syndrome. In Non-Epileptic Seizures, ed. J. R. Gates & A. J. Rowan, 2nd edn, pp. 237–44. Boston: Heinemann
Dubowitz, V. & Hersov, L. (1976). Management of children with non-organic (hysterical) disorders of motor function. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 18: 358–68
Duchowny, M. S. (1995). Psychogenic seizures in the pre-addescent child. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1995
Gates, J. R., Luciano, D. & Devinsky, O. (1991). The classification and treatment of nonepileptic events In Epilepsy and Behavior, ed. O. Devinsky & W. Theodore, pp. 251–63. New York: Wiley-Liss
Golden, N., Bennett, H. S., Pollack, M. A., et al. (1985). Seizures in adolescence: a review of patients admitted to an adolescent service. J. Adolesc. Health Care 6: 25–7
Goodwin, J., Simms, M. & Bvergman, R. (1979). Hysterical seizures: a sequel to incest. Am. J. Orthopsychiatry 49: 698–703
Goodyer, I. (1981). Hysterical conversion relations in childhood. J. Child Psychol. Psychiatry 22: 179–88
Gross, M. (1979). Incestuous rape: a cause for hysterical seizures in four adolescent girls. Am. J. Orthopsychiatry 49: 704–8
Gross, M. (1983). Hysterical seizures: a sequel of incest. In Pseudoepilespy, ed. M. Gross, pp. 119–28. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books
Guberman, A. (1982). Psychogenic pseudoseizures in non-epileptic patients. Am. J. Psychiatry 27: 401–4
Gumnit, R. J. & Gates, J. R. (1986). Psychogenic seizures. Epilespia 27 (suppl 2): 124–9
Hempel, A. (2000). Cognitive features and predisposing factors in children with psychotogenic seizures. In Non-Epileptic Seizures, ed. J. R. Gates & A. J. Rowan, 2nd edn pp. 185–96. Boston, MA: Butterworth Heinemann
Hersov, L. (1985). Emotional disorders. In Children and Adolescent Psychiatry, ed. M. Rutter & L. Hersov, pp. 373–5. London: Blackwell Scientific
Hinman A. (1958) Conversion reactions in childhood. J. Dis. Child 95: 420–45
Ho, A. M. W., Ransby, M. J., Farrell, K., et al. (2000). Psychological assessment and treatment of non-epileptic seizures and related symptoms in children and adolescents: study. In Non-Epileptic Seizures, ed. J. R. Gates & A. J. Rowan, 2nd edn, pp. 207–36. Boston, MA: Butterworth Heinemann
Holmes, G. L. Sackellares, J. C., McKiernan, J., et al. (1980). Evaluation of childhood seizures using EEG telemetry and video-tape monitoring. J. Pediatr. 97: 554–8
Kanner, A. M., Palac, S. M., Lancman, M. E., et al. (2001). Treatment of psychogenic pseudoseizures: what to do after we have reached the diagnosis? In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 379–90. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Kuhn, B. R., Allen, K. D. & Shriver, M. D. (1995). Behavioral management of children's seizure activity. Clin. Pediatr. 34: 570–75
Lach, L. M. & Peltz, L. (2000). Adolescents' and parents' perception of non-epileptic seizures: a retrospective and qualitative glance. In Non-Epileptic Seizures, ed. J. R. Gates & A. J. Rowan, 2nd edn, pp. 227–36. Boston, MA: Heinemann
Lancman, M. E., Asconape, J. J., Graves, S., et al. (1994). Psychogenic seizures in children: long-term analysis of 43 cases. J. Child Neurol. 9: 404–7
Lancman, M. E., Lambrakis, C. C. & Steinhardt, M. J. (2002). Psychogenic pseudoseizures: a general overview. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & M. Kanner, pp. 341–54. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Laxer, K. D., Mullooly, J. P. & Howell, B. (1985). Prolactin changes after seizures classified by EEG monitoring. Neurology 35: 31–5
Leis, A. A., Ross, M. A. & Summers, A. K. (1992). Psychogenic seizures: ictal characteristics and diagnostic pitfalls. Neurology 42: 95–9
Lelliott, P. T. & Fenwick, P. (1999). Cerebral pathology in pseudoseizures. Acta Neurol. Scand. 83: 129–32
Leonard, E. L. & George, R. M. (1999). Internalizing psychopathology relating to nonepileptic seizures in a hospitalized EEG monitored pediatric population. Epilespia 40 (suppl 7): 121
Mahowald, M. W. (1995). Paroxysmal sleep disorders in childhood. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1995
Malony, M. J. (1980). Diagnosing hysterical conversion reactions in children. J. Pediatr. 97: 1016–20
Mills, M. J. & Lipian, M. S. (1997). Malingering. In Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock, pp. 1614–22. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
Mostofsky, D. I. & Williams, D. T. (1982). Psychogenic seizures in childhood and adolescents. In Pseudoseizures, ed. T. L. Riley & A. Roy, pp. 169–84. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
North, K. N., Ouvrier, R. A. & Nugent, M. (1990). Pseudoseizures caused by hyperventilation resembling absence epilepsy. J. Child Neurol. 5: 288–94
Onuma, T. (2000). Classification of psychiatric symptoms in patients with epilepsy. Proceedings of 32nd Congress of Japan Epilepsy Society. Epilespia 41 (suppl 9): 43–8
Oostrom, K. J., Schouten, A., Kruitwagen, C. J. J., et al. (2001). Parents' perception of adversity introduced by upheaval and uncertainty at the onset of childhood epilepsy. Epilespia 42: 1142–6
Pakalnis, A. O., Paolicicchi, J. M. & Gilles, E. E. (1999). Neuropsychiatric aspects of psychogenic status epilepticus in children. Epilespia 40 (suppl 7): 117
Ramani, V. (1993). Review of psychiatric treatment strategies in nonepileptic seizures. In Nonepileptic Seizures, ed. A. J. Rowan & J. R. Gates, pp. 259–66. Boston, MA: Butterworth Heinemann
Renken, B. (1987). Pseudoseizures in children and adolescents. In The Somatizing Child, ed. E. G. Shapiro & A. A. Rosenfeld, pp. 115–31. New York: Springer-Verlag
Riley, R. L. & Roy, A. (1982). Pseudoseizures. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
Ritter, F. J. & Kotagai, P. (2000). Non-epileptic seizures in children. In Non-Epileptic Seizures, ed. J. R. Gates & A. J. Rowan, 2nd edn, pp. 95–112. Boston, MA: Butterworth Heinemann
Robins, E. & O'Neal, P. (1953). Clinical features of hysteria in children. In The Nervous Child, pp. 246–71
Saygi, S., Katz, A., Marks, D. A., et al. (1992). Frontal lobe partial seizures and psychogenic seizures: comparison of clinical and ictal charateristics. Neurology 42: 1274–7
Silver, L. B. (1982). Conversion disorder with pseudoseizures in adolescence: a stress reaction to unrecognized and untreated learning disabilities. J. Am. Acad. Child Psychiatry 21: 508–12
Silver, L. B. (1983). Conversion disorder in pseudoseizures in adolescence: a stress reaction in unrecognized and untreated learning disabilities. In Pseudoepilepsy, ed. M. Gross, pp. 109–18. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books
Smith, J. M. B. & Kellaway, P. (1964). Central (Rolandic) foci in children: an analysis of 200 cases. Electroencephalogr. Clin. Neurophysiol. 17: 460
Trimble, M. R. (1981). Hysteria and other non-epileptic convulsions. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds, & M. R. Trimble, pp. 92–112. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of Pediatric Epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67
Williams, J. & Grant, M. L. (2000). Characteristics of pediatric non-epileptic seizure patients: retrospective study. In Non-Epileptic Seizures, ed. J. R. Gates & A. J. Rowan, 2nd edn, pp. 197–206. Boston, MA: Butterworth Heinemann
Williamson, P. D. & Spencer, S. S. (1986). Clinical and EEG features of complex partial seizures of extratemporal origin. Epilespia 27 (suppl 20): 46–63
Wyllie, E., Friedman, D., Luders, H., et al. (1991). Outcome of psychogenic seizures in children and adolescents compared with adults. Neurology 41: 742–4
Wyllie, E., Luders, H., MacMilllan, J., et al. (1984). Serum prolactin levels after epileptic seizures. Neurology 34: 1601–4
Ziven, L. & Ajmone-Marsan, C. (1968). Incidence and prognostic significance of “epileptiform” activity in the EEG of nonepileptic subjects. Brain 91: 751–8

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Abou-Khalil, B. & Fakhoury, T. (1998). Neuropsychiatric profile of high-dose topiramate. Epilepsia 38 (suppl 8): 207
Alexander, A., Blumer, D., & Davies, K. G. (1999). Psychiatric complications associated with vagus nerve stimulation. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 208
Barabas, G. & Matthews, W. (1988). Barbiturate anticonvulsants as a cause of severe depression. Pediatrics 82: 284–5
Barlow, C. F. (1978). Risk Factors of infancy and childhood: interrelationships of seizure disorders and mental retardation. In Mental Retardation and Related Disorders, pp. 768–76. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis
Barry, J. (1998). Treatment of affective and attention deficit disorders. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1998
Bensch, J., Blennow, G., Ferngren, H., et al. (1977). A double-blind study of clonazepam in the treatment of therapy resistant epilepsy in children. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 19: 335–42
Beran, R. G. & Gibson, R. J. (1998). Aggressive behavior in intellectually challenged patients with epilepsy treated with lamotrigine. Epilepsia 39: 280–82
Betts, T., Crawford, P. & Trimble, M. R. (1998). Topiramate and psychoses. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 3
Betts, T., Smith, K. & Khan, G. (1997). Severe psychiatric reactions in topiramate. Epilepsia 38 (suppl 3): 64
Brent, D. A. (1986). Overrepresentation of epileptics in a consecutive series of suicide attempters seen at a children's hospital 1978–1983. J. Am. Acad. Child Psychiatry 25: 242–6
Brent, D. A., Crumrine, P. K., Varma, R. R., et al. (1987). Phenobarbital treatment and major depressive disorder in children with epilepsy. Pediatrics 80: 909–17
Brodie, M. J. (1996). Monotherapy with vigabatrin. Presented at the Second European Congress of Epileptology, The Hague, the Netherlands, 1996
Brodie, M. J., Richens, A. & Yuen, A. (1995). Double-blind comparison of lamotrigine and carbamazepine in newly diagnosed epilepsy. Lancet 345: 458–76
Browne, T. R., Penry, S. K., Porter, R. S., et al. (1974). Responsiveness before, during, and after spike-wave paroxysms. Neurology 24: 660–65
Camfield, C. S., Chaplin, S., Doyle, A. B., et al. (1979). Side effects of phenobarbital in toddlers: behavior and cognitive aspects. Pediatrics 95: 351–65
Cole, K. D. & Zarit, S. H. (1984). Psychological deficits in depressed medical patients. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 172: 150–55
Corbett, J. A., Trimble, M. R. & Nichol, T. C. (1985). Behavioral and cognitive impairments in children with epilepsy: the long-term effects of anticonvulsant therapy. J. Am. Acad. Child Psychiatry 24: 17–23
Curran, H. V., Java, R. & Luder, M. H. (1991). Cognitive and psychomotor effects of oxcarbamazepine. 9th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 10): 56
Dalby, M. A. (1975). Behavioral effects of carbamazepine. In Complex Partial Seizures and their Treatment, ed. J. K. Penry & D. D. Daly, Vol. II, pp. 331–43. New York: Raven Press
Davidson, S. & Falconer, M. A. (1975). Outcome of surgery in 40 children with temporal lobe epilepsy. Lancet 1: 1260–63
Devinsky, O. (1998). What should the neurologist remember on the psychopharmacology of epilepsy? Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1998
Dodrill, C. B., Arnett, J. L., Shu, V., et al. (1998). Effects of tiagabine monotherapy on abilities, adjustment and mood. Epilepsia 39: 33–42
Doherty, K. T. & Gates, J. R. (1999). Use of topiramate in the cognitively impaired. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 62
Dohmeier, C., Kay, A. & Greathouse, N. (1998). Neuropsychiatric complications of topiramate therapy. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 6): 189
Drake, M. E. & Peruzzi, W. T. (1986). Manic state with carbamazepine therapy of seizures. J. Natl. Med. Assoc. 78: 1105–7
Dreifuss, F. (1983). Pediatric Epileptology. Boston, MA: John Wright PSG
Dulac, O., Chiron, C., Luna, D., et al. (1991). Vigabatrin in childhood epilepsy. J. Child Neurol. 6: 2830–37
Edwards, J. G. (1985). Antidepressants and seizures: epidemiology and clinical aspects. In The Psychopharmacology of Epilpesy, ed. M. R. Trimble, pp. 119–39. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Ettinger, A. B. & Steinberg, A. L. (2001). Psychiatric issues in patients with epilepsy and mental retardation. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 181–200. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Ettinger, A. B., Bernal, O. G., Andriola, M. R., et al. (1999a). Two cases of nonvconvulsive status epilepticus in association with tiagabine therapy. Epilepsia 40: 1159–62
Ettinger, N. E., Vitale, S., Schindler, R. J., et al. (1999b). Changes in mood and quality of life in adult epilepsy patients treated with vagal nerve stimulation. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 62
Ettinger, A. B., Weisbrot, D. M., Saracco, J., et al. (1998). Positive and negative psychotropic effects of lamotrigine in epilepsy patients with mental retardation. Epilepsia 39: 874–7
Faight, E. (2001). Zonisamide. Neurology 67: 1774–9
Farrell, K., Jan, J. E., Julian, J. V., et al. (1984). Clobazam in children with intractable seizures. Epilepsia 25: 657
Favale, E., Rubino, V., Mainardi, P., et al. (1995). Anticonvulsant effect of fluoxetine in humans. Neurology 45: 1925–7
Ferrari, M., Barbaras, G. & Matthews, W. (1983). Psychologic and behavioral disturbances among epileptic children treated with barbiturate anticonvulsants. Am. J. Psychiatry 140: 112–13
Ferrie, C. D., Robinson, R. O. & Panaziotopoulos, C. P. (1996). Psychotic and severe Behavioural reactions with vigabatrin: a review. Acta Neurol. Scand. 93: 1–8
Fitton, A. & Goa, K. L. (1995). Lamotrigine. Drugs 50: 691–713
Freeman, T. W., Clothier, J. L., Pazaglia, P., et al. (2002). A double-blind comparison of valproate and lithium in the treatment of acute mania. Am. J. Psychiatry 149: 108–11
Friedman, D. L., Kastner, T. & Plummer, A. T. (1992). Adverse behavioral effects in individuals with mental retardation and mood disorders treated with carbamazepine. Am. J. Ment. Retard. 9: 541–6
Fromm, G. H., Amores, C. Y. & Thies, W. (1972). Imipramine in epilepsy. Arch. Neurol. 27: 198–204
Fromm, G. H., Rosen, J. A. & Amores, C. Y. (1971). Clinical and experimental investigation on the effects of imipramine on epilepsy. Epilepsia 12: 282
Fromm, G. H., Wessel, H. B., Glass, J. D., et al. (1978). Imipramine in absence and myoclonic seizures. Neurology 28: 953–7
Frommer, D. A., Kulig, K. W., Marx, J. A., et al. (1987). Tricyclic antidepressant overdose: a review. JAMA 257: 521–6
Gadow, K. D. (1982). School involvement in the treatment of seizure disorders. Epilepsia 23: 215–24
Ghaemi, S. N., Katzow, J. J., Desai, S. P., et al. (1997). Gabapentin treatment of mood disorders: a preliminary study. J. Clin. Psychiatry 59: 426–9
Gutierrez, A., Dreifuss, F. E., Santilli, N., et al. (1984). Psychiatric symptoms associated with progabide therapy. Epilepsia 25: 657
Hamiwka, L. D., Gerber, P. E., Connolly, M. B., et al. (1999). Topiramate-associated behavioral changes in children. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 116
Harden, C. (2001). Safety profile of levetiracetam: pharmacological treatment of epilepsy. Epilepsia 42: (suppl 4): 36–9
Hartlage, L. C., Stovall, K. & Kocack, B. (1980). Behavioral correlates of anticonvulsant blood levels. Epilepsia 21: 185
Hauser, W. A. & Hesdorffer, D. C. (2001). Psychoses, depression and epilepsy: epidemiological considerations. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanne, pp. 7–18. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Helmers, S., Wheless, J. W., Frost, M., et al. (1999). Vagus nerve stimulation (VNS) in children: quality of life and safety. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 121
Herranz, J. L., Armijo, J. A. & Arteaga, R., (1988). Clinical side effects of phenobarbital, primidone, phenytoin, carbamazepine and valproate during monotherapy in children. Epilepsia 29: 794–804
Herranz, J. L., Arteaga, R. & Armijo, J. A. (1982). Side effects of sodium valproate in monotherapy controlled by plasma levels: a study of 188 pediatric patients. Epilepsia 23: 203–14
Holdsworth, L. & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools. I: their seizure patterns, progress, and behavior in schools. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 16: 746–58
Holmes, G. L. (1987). Psychosocial Factors in Childhood Epilepsy, In Diagnosis and Management of Epilepsy in Children, pp. 112–24. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Janssen-Cilag. (1996). Topomax. Product monograph
Jeavons, P. M. (1977). Choice of drug therapy in epilepsy. Practitioner 219: 542–56
Jick, H., Dinan, B. J., Hunter, J. R., et al. (1983). Tricyclic antidepressants and convulsions. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol. 3: 182–5
Kanner A. M. & Balabanov, A. (2002). Depression and epilepsy: how closely related are they? Neurology 58 (suppl 5): 27–39
Kanner, A. M., Faught, E., French, A. J., et al. (2000). Psychiatric adverse events caused by topiramate and lamotrigine: A post marketing prevalence and risk study. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 169
Kasumakar, V. & Yatham, L. N. (1997). An open study of lamotrigine in refractory bipolar depression. Psychiatry Res. 19: 145–8
Kaufman, K. R., Kugler, S. L., Sachdeo, R. C., et al. (1999). Tiagabine in the management of post-encephalitic epilepsy and impulse control disorders. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 57
Kendrick, A. M., Duncan, J. S. & Trimble, M. R. (1993). Effects of discontinuation of individual antiepileptic drugs on mood. Hum. Psychopharmacol. 8: 263–70
Ketter, T. A., Nalow, B. A., Flamini, R., et al. (1994). Anticonvulsant withdrawal-emergent psychopathology. Neurology 44: 55–61
King, J. A. (1994). Increased incidence of adverse behavioral side effects associated with the addition of felbamate (FBM) to antiepileptic drug (AED) regimens in the mentally retarded (MR) population. Epilepsia 36: (suppl 8): 94
Kinsbourne, M. & Caplan, P. J. (1979). Cognitive power disorders. In Children's Learning and Attention Problems, p. 232 Boston, MA: Little Brown & Co
Knoll, J. Stegman, K. & Suppes, T. (1998). Clinical experience using gabapentin adjunctively in patients with a history of mania or hypomania. J. Affect. Disord. 49: 229–33
Kossoff, E. H., Bergey, G. K., Freeman, J. M., et al. (2002). Levetiracetam psychosis in children with epilepsy. Epilepsia 42: 1611–13
Kulig, B. M. (1980). The evaluation of the behavioral effects of antiepileptic drugs in animals and man. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 47–61. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Lambert, M. V. & Robertson, M. M. (1999). Depression in epilepsy: etiology, phenomenology and treatment. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 10): 21–47
Landolt, H. (1958). Serial electroencephalographic investigations during psychotic episodes in epileptic patients during schizophrenic attacks. In Lectures on Epilepsy, ed. L. DeHass. London: Elsevier
Leach, J. P. & Brodie, M. J. (1998). Drug profile: tiagabine. Lancet 351: 203–7
Lee, D. O., Steingard, R. J., Cesena, J. M., et al. (1995). Behavioral side effects of gabapentin in children. Epilepsia 37: 87–90
Leppik, E. (1995). Tiagabine: the safety landscape. Epilepsia 36 (suppl 6): 10–13
Loiseau, P., Psestre, M., Dartigues, J., et al. (1983). Long-term prognosis in two forms of childhood epilepsy: typical absence seizures and epilepsy with rolandic (centrotemporal) EEG foci. Ann. Neurol. 13: 642–8
Loiseau, P., Strube, E., Torr, U. J., et al. (1998). Evaluation neuropsychologique et therapeutique du stirpentol dans, l'epilepsie. Rev. Neurol. 144: 165–77
Luef, G. & Bauer, G. (1996). Topiramate in drug-resistant partial and generalized epilepsies. Epilepsia 37 (suppl 4): 69
Manchanda, R., Miller, H., McLachlan, R. S., et al. (1996). Psychiatric disorders in candidates for surgery for epilepsy. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 61: 82–9
Mandlebaum, D. E., Kugler, S. L., Wenger, E. C., et al. (2001). Clinical experience with levetiracetam and zonisamide in children with uncontrolled epilepsy. Epilepsia 42 (suppl 7): 183
Marcotte, D. (1998). Topiramate in the treatment of mood disorders. Proceedings of the 151st Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association. Toronto: American Psychiatric Association
Mayeux, R., Brandt, J., Rosen, J., et al. (1980). Interictal memory and language impairment in temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurology 30: 120–25
McDanal, C. E. & Bolman, W. M. (1975). Delayed idiosyncratic psychosis with diphenylhydantoin. JAMA 231: 1063
McElroy, S. L., Soutullo, C. A., Keck, P. E., et al. (1997). A pilot trial of adjunctive gabapentin in the treatment of bipolar disease. Ann. Clin. Psychiatry 6: 99–103
Meador, K. J., Loring, D. W., Ray, P. G., et al. (2001). Differential cognitive and behaivoral effects of carbamazepine and lamotrigine. Neurology 56: 1177–83
Morris, G. L. & Mueller, W. M. (1999). Long-term treatment with vagus nerve stimulation in patients with refractory epilepsy. Neurology 53: 1731–5
Nemeroff, C. B., DeVane, C. L. & Pollock, B. G. (1995). Newer antidepressants and the cytochrome P450 system. Am. J. Psychiatry 153: 311–20
Numberger, J. I., Jr, Berrettini, W. H., Simmons-Alling, S., et al. (1986). Intravenous GABA administration is anxiolytic in man. Psychiatry Res. 19: 113–17
Ozdirim, E., Renda, Y. & Eupur, S. (1978). Effects of phenytoin and phenobarbital on the behavior of epileptic children. In Advances in Epileptology 1977: Psychology, Pharmacotherapy and New Diagnostic Approaches, ed. H. Meinardi & A. Rowan, pp. 120–23. Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger
Perrine, K. & Congett, S. (1994). Neurobehavioral problems in epilepsy. In Neurology Clinics, ed. O. Devinsky, pp. 129–252. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Pollack, M. H., Matthews, J. & Scott, E. L. (1998). Gabapentin as a potential treatment for anxiety disorders. Am. J. Psychiatry 155: 992
Post, R. M., Ketter, T. A., Denicoff, K., et al. (1996). The place of anticonvulsant therapy in bipolar illness. Psychopharmacology 128: 115–29
Pratt, J. A., Jenner, P., Johnson, A. L., et al. (1984). Anticonvulsant drugs alter plasma tryptophan concentrations in epileptic patients: implications for antiepileptic actions and mental function. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 47: 1131–3
Rausch, R. 1991 Effects of temporal lobe surgery on behavior. In Neurobehavioral Problems in Epilepsy, Advances in Neurology, ed. D. B. Smith & D. B. Treiman, Vol. 55, pp. 279–92. New York: Raven Press
Ravdin, L. S. D., Harden, C. L., Correa, D. D., et al. (2000). Memory and mood following vagus nerve stimulation for intractable epilepsy. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 136
Reynolds, E. H. (1990). Vigabatrin. Br. Med. J. 300: 277–8
Reynolds, E. H. & Travers, R. D. (1974). Serum anticonvulsant concentrations in epileptic patients with mental symptoms. Br. J. Psychiatry 124: 440–45
Reynolds, E. H, Chanaurin I, Milner G., et al. (1966). Anticonvulsant therapy, folic acid and Vitamin B12 metabolism and mental symptoms. Epilepsia 7: 261–70
Reynolds, E. H., Ring, H., & Heller, A. (1988). A controlled trial of gamma-vinyl-GABA (vigabatrin) in drug-resistant epilepsy. Br. J. Clin. Pract. Suppl. 61: 33
Ring, H. A., Moriarty, J. & Trimble, O. (1998). A prospective study of the early postsurgical psychiatric associations of epilepsy surgery. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 64: 601–4
Ring, H. A., Trimble, M. R., Costa, D. C., et al. (1994). Striatal dopamine receptor binding in epileptic psychoses Biol. Psychiatry 356: 375–80
Rivinus, T. M. (1982). Psychiatric effects of the anticonvulsant regimens. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol. 2: 165–92
Robertson, M. M., Trimble, M. R. & Townsend, H. R. A. (1987). Phenomenology of depression in epilepsy. Epilepsia 28: 364–72
Rodin, E. A., Choon, S. R., Kitano, H., et al. (1976). A comparison of the effectiveness of primidone versus carbamazepine in epileptic outpatients. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis. 163: 41–5
Rogers, D., Bird, J. & Eames, P. (1993). Complex partial status after starting vigabatrin. Seizure 2: 155–6
Rosenstein, D. L., Nelson, J. C. & Jacobs, S. C. (1993). Seizures associated with antidepressants: a review. J. Clin. Psychiatry 54: 289–99
Ryan, L. M., Malamut, B. L., O'Connor, M. J., et al. (1999). Incidence of depression before and after temporal lobectomy for medically intractable epilepsy. Epilepsia 4 (suppl 7): 58–9
Ryback, R. S. & Ryback, L. (1995). Gabapentin for behavioral dyscontrol. Am. J. Psychiatry 152: 1399
Ryback, R. S., Brodsky, L. & Mansifi, F. (1997). Gabapentin in bipolar disorder. J. Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 9: 301
Sander, J. A. S., Hart, Y. M, Trimble, M. R., et al. (1991a). Behavioral disturbances associated with vigabatrin therapy. 19th International Epilepsy Congress. Epilepsia 32 (suppl 1): 12
Sander, J. A. S. Hart, Y. M., Trimble, M. R., et al. (1991b). Vigabatrin and psychosis. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry 54: 435–9
Schaffer, C. B., Schaffer, L. C. (1997). Gabapentin in the treatment of bipolar disorder. Am. J. Psychiatry. 15: 491–2
Schain, R. J. (1983). Carbamazepine and cognitive functioning. In Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Pediatrics, ed. P. Morselli, C. E. Pippinger & J. K. Penry, pp. 189–92. New York: Raven Press
Schapel, G. & Chadwick, D. (1996). Tiagabine and non-convulsive status epilepticus. Seizure 5: 153–6
Schmidt, D. (1992). Epilepsien and epileptische Anfdlle. Stuttgart: Thieme
Schmitz, B. (1999). Psychiatric syndromes related to antiepileptic drugs. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 10): 65–70
Schmitz, B. & Trimble, M. R. (1995). Carbamazepine and PIP-syndrome in temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy Res. 22: 215–20
Sherard, E. S., Jr, Steiman, G. S. & Couri, D. (1980). Treatment of childhood epilepsy with valproic acid: results of the first 100 patients in a 6 month trial. Neurology 30: 31–5
Sheth, R. D., Goulden, K. J. & Penney, S. (1992). Catastrophic behavior outbursts requiring discontinuation of clobazam in children. Epilepsia 33 (suppl 3): 100
Shorvon, S. D. (1998). Safety of topiramate: adverse events and relationships to dosing. Epilepsia 37 (suppl 2): 18–22
Silverstein, F. S., Parrish, M. A. & Johnston, M. V. (1982a). Clinical and laboratory observations – adverse behavioral reactions in children treated with carbamazepine (Tegretol). J. Pediatr. 101: 785–7
Silverstein, F. S., Parrish, M. A. & Johnston, M. V. (1982b). Adverse reactions to carbamazepine (Tegretol) in children with epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 12: 198
Small, J. G., Klapper, M. H., Milstein, V., et al. (1991). Carbamazepine compared with lithium in the treatment of mania. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 48: 915–21
Smith, K. R., Goulding, P. M., Wilderman, D., et al. (1994). Neurobehavioral effects of phenytoin and carbamazepine in patients recovering from brain trauma: a comparative study. Arch. Neurol. 51: 653–60
Sonnen, A. E. H., Zelvelder, W. H. & Bruens, J. H. (1975). A double blind study of the influence of dipropylacetate on behavior. Acta Neurol. Scand. (suppl) 60: 43–7
Sporn, J. & Sachs, G, (1997). The anticonvulsant lamotrigine in treatment resistant manic depressive illness. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol. 17: 185–9
Stagno, S. J. (1993). The epidemiology of epilepsy. In The Treatment of Epilepsy: Principles and Practice, ed. E. Wyllie, pp. 1149–62. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger
Stephen, L. J. & Brodie, M. J. (1998). New drug treatments for epilepsy. Prescr. J. 38: 98–106
Stoll, A. L., Banov, M., Kolbrener, M., et al. (1994). Neurologic factors predict a favorable valproate response in bipolar and schizoaffective disorders. J. Clin. Psychopharmacol 14: 311–13
Stores, G. (1975). Behavioral effects of anti-epileptic drugs. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 17: 647–58
Stores, G. (1976). The investigation and management of school children with epilepsy. Lond. Publ. Health. 90: 171–7
Stores, G. (1981). Problems of learning and behavior in children with epilepsy. In Epilepsy and Psychiatry, ed. E. H. Reynolds & M. R. Trimble, pp. 33–48. New York: Churchill Livingstone
Suppes, T., Brown, E. S., McElroy, S. L., et al. (1998). A pilot trial of adjunctive topiamate in the treatment of bipolar disorder. Proceedings of the 37th Annual Meeting of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology pp. 306
Sziklas, V. G., Montour-Proutz, I., Andermann, F., et al. (1999) Cognitive effects of topiramate therapy in patients with intractable partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 7): 56
Tallian, K. B., Nahata, M. C., Lo, W., et al. (1996). Gabapentin associated with aggressive behavior in pediatric patients with seizures. Epilepsia 37: 501–6
Tassanari, C. A., Michelucci, R., Chauvel, P., et al. (1996). Double-blind, placebo-controlled trila of topiramate (600 mg daily) for the treatment of refractory partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 37: 763–8
Theodore, W. H. & Porter, R. J. (1983). Removal of sedative hypnotic antiepileptic drugs from the regimens of patients with intractable epilepsy. Ann. Neurol. 13: 320–24
Thomas, L., Trimble, M. R., Schmitz, B., et al. (1996). Vigabatrin and behavior disorders: a retrospective survey. Epilepsy Res. 25: 21–7
Thompson, P. J. (1991). Memory function in patients with epilepsy. In Neurobehavioral Problems in Epilepsy, ed. D. Smith, D. Treiman & M. Trimble, Vol. 55, pp. 369–84. New York: Raven Press
Thorn, I. (1975). A controlled study of prophylactic long-term treatment of febrile convulsions with phenobarbital. Acta Neurol. Scand. Suppl. 60: 67–73
Trimble, M. (1980). Anti-epileptic drugs and behavior – discussion notes. In Epilepsy and Behavior'79, ed. B. M. Kulig, H. Meinardi & G. Stores, pp. 76–9. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger
Trimble, M. (1982). Anticonvulsant drugs and hysterical seizures. In Pseudoseizures, ed. T. L. Riley & A. Roy, pp. 148–58. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins
Trimble, M. R. (1983). Anticonvulsant drugs and psychosocial development: phenobarbitone, sodium valproate and benzodiazepines. In Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Pediatrics, ed. P. Morselli, C. E. Pippinger & J. Penry, pp. 201–17. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. (1986). The psychoses of epilepsy and their treatment. In The Psychopharmacology of Epilepsy, pp. 83–94. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Trimble, M. R. (1994). Psychiatric illness in epilepsy: a psychiatrist's perspective. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1994
Trimble, M. R. (1997). Neuropsychiatric consequences of pharmacotherapy. In Epilepsy. A Comprehensive Textbook, ed. J. Engel & T. A. Pedley, pp. 2161–70. Philadelphia: LippincottRaven
Trimble, M. R. (1998). Forced normalization and the role of anticonvulsants. In Forced Normalization, ed. M. R. Trimble & B. Schmitz, pp. 169–78. Petersfield, UK: Wrightson Biomedical
Trimble, M. R. & Cull, C. (1990). Children of school age: the influence of antiepileptic drugs on behavior and intellect. Epilepsia 29 (suppl 3): 13–19
Trimble, M. R. & Reynolds, E. H. (1976). Anticonvulsant drugs and mental symptoms: a review. Psychol. Med. 6: 169–78
Vaintrub, M. Y. (1998). Initial psychiatric and other disorders due to AED treatment. 3rd European Congress of Epileptology. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 2): 122
Vassilyadi, M., Strawburg, R. H., Weber, A. M., et al. (2000). Vagal nerve stimulation at the children's hospital medial center. Epilepsia 41 (suppl 7): 136
Vickery, B. G., Hayes, R. D., Graber, J., et al. (1992). A health-related quality of life instrument for patients reevaluated for epilepsy surgery. Med. Care. 30: 299–319
Vining, E. P. G. (1990). Cognitive and behavioral side effects of antiepileptic drugs. Int. Pediatr. 5: 182
Vining, E. P. G., Mellits, E. D., Dorsen, M. M., et al. (1987). Psychologic and behavioral effects of antiepileptic drugs in children: a double-blind comparison between phenobarbital and valproic acid. Pediatrics 80: 165–74
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of pediatric epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67
Wilner, A. (2002). Antiepileptic reduces seizures in children. CNS News 4: 15
Wolf, P. (1991). Acute behavioral symptomatology at disappearance of epileptiform EEG abnormality: paradoxical or “forced” normalization. In Neurobehavioral Problems in Epilepsy: Advances in Neurology, ed. D. Smith, D. Treiman & M. Trimble, pp. 127–42. New York: Raven Press
Wolf, S. & Forsythe, A. (1978). Behavior disturbances, phenobarbital and febrile seizures. Pediatrics 61: 728–31
Wolf, P., Inoue, Z., Roder-Wanner, U. U., et al. (1984). Psychiatric complications of absence therapy and their relation to alteration of sleep. Epilepsia 25: 56–9
Wolf, S. M., Shinnar, S., Kang, H., et al. (1995). Gabapentin toxicity in children manifesting as behavioral changes. Epilepsia 36: 1203–5
Young, L. T., Robb, J. C., Patelis-Siotis, I., et al. (1997). Acute treatment of bipolar depression with gabapentin. Biol. Psychiatry 42: 851–3

Reference Title: References

Reference Type: reference-list

Alldredge, B. K. & Simon, R. P. (1992). Drugs that can precipitate seizures. In The Medical Treatment of Epilepsy, ed. S. R. Resor & H. Kutt, pp. 497–523. New York: Marcel Dekker
Barry, J., Lembke, A. & Huynh, N. (2001). Affective disorders in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 45–72. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Beydown, A. & Passaro, E. A. (2001). Anticonvulsants and psychiatric disorders. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 251–60. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Blumer, D. (1977). Neuropsychiatric aspects of psychomotor and other forms of epilepsy in childhood. In. Comprehensive Management of Epilepsy in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence, ed. S. Livingston, pp. 486–97. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas
Blumer, D. P. (1994). Treatment of psychiatric illness in epilepsy patients. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1994
Brodie, M. J., Overstall, P. W. & Giorgi, L. (1999). UK Lamotrigine Elderly Study Group. Multicenter, double-blind randomized comparison between lamotrigine and carbamazepine in elderly patients with newly diagnosed epilepsy. Epilepsy Res. 37: 81–7
Burke, K., Chandler, C. J., Starr, B. S., et al. (1990). Seizure promotion and protection by D-1 and D-2 dopaminergic drugs in the mouse. Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 36: 729–33
Buterbaugh, G. G. (1978). Effect of drugs modifying central serotonergic function on the response of extensor and nonextensor rats to maximal electroshock. Life Sci. 23: 2393–404
Calabrese, J. R. & Delucchi, G. A. (1990). Spectrum of efficacy of valproate in 55 patients with rapid cycling bipolar disorders. Am. J. Psychiatry 147: 431–4
Calabrese, J. R., Shelton, M. D., III, Keck, P. E., Jr, et al. (1998). Pilot study of topiramate in acute severe treatment-refractory mania. In Proceedings of the 151st Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, p. 306. American Psychiatric Association
Cole, J. O., Branconnier, R., Salomon, M., et al. (1983). Tricyclic use in the cognitively impaired elderly. J. Clin. Psychiatry 44: 14–19
Crawford, P. (1998). An audit of topiramate use in a general neurologic clinic. Seizure 7: 217–21
Dayley, J. W., Yan, Q. S. & Mishra, P. K. (1992). Effects of fluxetine on convulsions and on brain serotonin as detected by microdyalisis in genetically epilepsy-prone rats. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 250: 533–40
Devinsky, O. (1998). What should the neurologist remember on the psychopharmacology of epilepsy? Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1998
Dodrill, C. B., Arnett, J. L., Shu, V., et al. (1998). Effects of tiagabine monotherapy on abilities, adjustment, and mood. Epilespia 39: 33–42
Dohmeier, C., Kay, A. & Greathouse, N. (1998). Neuropsychiatric complications of topiramate therapy. Epilepsia 39 (suppl 1): 189
Duchowny, M. S., Harvey, S., Sperling, M. R., et al. (1997). Indications and criteria for surgical intervention. In Epilepsy: A Comprehensive Textbook, ed. J. Engel & T. A. Pedley, pp. 1677–85. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven
Emslie, G. J., Kennard, B. D. & Kowatch, R. A. (1995). Affective disorders in children: diagnosis and management. J. Child. Neurol. 10 (suppl 1): 42–9
Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Antiepileptic drugs with positive and negative psychotropic properties. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1998
Favale, E., Rubino, V., Mainardi, P., et al. (1995). Anticonvulsant effect of fluoxetine in humans. Neurology 45: 1926–7
Fogelson, D. & Sternbach, H. (1997). Lamotrigine treatment of refractory bipolar disorder. J. Clin. Psychiatry 58: 271–3
Frommer, D. A., Kulig, K. W., Marx, J. A., et al. (1987). Tricyclic antidepressant overdose: a review. JAMA 257: 521–6
Harden, C. L., Pulver, M. C., Mikolov, B., et al. (1999). Effects of vagus nerve stimulation on mood in adult epilepsy patients. Neurology 52 (suppl 2): 238A
Hauser, W. A. & Hesdorffer, D. C. (2001). Psychoses, depression and epilepsy: epidemiological considerations. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 7–18. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Kanner, A. K. (1998). Treatment of psychiatric disorders of epilepsy with neuroleptic drugs. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1998
Kanner, A. M. & Balabanov, A. (2002). Depression and epilepsy: how closely related are they? Neurology 58 (suppl 5): 27–39
Kaufman, K. R., Kugler, S. L., Sachdeo, R. C., et al. (1999). Tiagabine in the management of post-encephalitic epilepsy and impulse control disorders. Epilepsia 40: (suppl 7): 57
Ketter, T. A., Post, R. M. & Theodore, W. H. (1999). Positive and negative psychotropic effects of antiepileptic drugs in patients with seizure disorders. Neurology 64 (suppl 1): 52–66
Lambert, M. V. & Robertson, M. M. (1999). Depression in epilepsy: etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Epilepsia 40 (suppl 10): 21–47
Leander, J. D. (1992). Fluoxetine, a selective serotonin-uptake inhibitor enhances the anticonvulsant effects of phenytoin, carbamazepine and ameltolide. Epilepsia 33: 573–6
Leppik, I. E. (1995). Tiagabine: the safety landscape. Epilepsia 36: 1–13
Lindsay, J. J., Glaser, G., Richards, P., et al. (1984). Developmental aspects of focal epilepsies in children treated by neurosurgery. Dev. Med. Child Neurol. 26: 574–87
Marcotte, M. (1998). Topiramate in the treatment of mood disorder. In Proceedings of the 151st Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, pp. 121–2. American Psychiatric Association
McConell, H. W. & Duncan, D. (1998). Treatment of psychiatric comorbidity in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Comorbidity in Epilepsy, ed. H. W. McConnell & P. J. Snyder, pp. 245–62. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press
McManaman. J. & Tam, D. A. (1999). Gabapentin for self-injurious behavior in Leisch–Nyhan syndrome. Pediatr. Neurol. 20: 381–2
Monaco, F. (1996). Cognitive effects of vigabatrin, a review. Neurology 47 (suppl 1): 6–11
Monaco, F., Torta, R., Cicolin, A., et al. (1997). A lack of association between vigabatrin and impaired cognition. J. Int. Med. Res. 26: 296–301
Nemeroff, C. B., DeVane, C. L. & Pollock, B. G. (1995). Newer antidepressants and the cytochrome P450 system. Am. J. Psychiatry 153: 311–20
Oliver, A. P., Luchins, D. J. & Wyatt, R. J. (1982). Neuroleptic-induced seizures. An in vitro technique for assessing relative risk. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 39: 206–9
Ounsted, C., Lindsay, J. & Norman, R. (1968). Biological Factors in Temporal Lobe Epilepsy. London: Spastics Society and Heinemann
Perales, M. (1999). Psychiatric management in epilepsy. Presented at the Via Christi Epilepsy Conference, Wichita, KS, 1999
Pisani, E. & Oteri, G. (1999). Antidepressant drugs and seizure susceptibility: from in vitro data to clinical practice. Epilespia 30 (suppl 1): 38–56
Post, R. (1994). Psychiatric effects of antiepileptic drugs. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1994
Prediville, S. & Gale, K. (1993). Anticonvulsant effect of fluoxetine on focally evoked limbic motor seizures in rats. Epilepsia 34: 381–4
Ravizza, L., Maina, G., Torta, R., et al. (1991). Are serotoninergic antidepressants more effective in episodic obsessive-compulsive disorders? In Serotonin-system Related Psychiatric Syndromes, Clinical and Therapeutic Links, ed. G. B. Casano & H. S. Akiskal, pp. 61–5. London: Royal Society of Medicine
Riddle, M. A., Reeve, E. A., Yaryura-Tobias, J. A., et al. (2001). Fluvoxamine for children and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder: a randomized controlled multicenter trial. J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 40: 222–9
Robertson, M. M. (1997). Depression in neurological disorders. In Depression and Physical Illness, ed. M. M. Robertson & C. L. E. Katona, pp. 305–40. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons
Robertson, M. (1998). Mood disorders associated with epilepsy. In Psychiatric Comoirbidity in Epilepsy, Basics mechanisms, Diagnosis and Treatment, ed. H. W. McConnell & P. J. Sander, pp. 132–67. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press
Rosenstein, D. L., Nelson, J. C. & Jacobs, S. C. (1993). Seizures associated with antidepressnts: a review. J. Clin. Psychiatry 54: 289–99
Ryback, L. (1995). Gabapentin for behavior dyscontrol. Am. J. Psychiatry 152: 1399
Ryback, R. S., Brodsky, L. & Munasilfi, F. (1997). Gabapentin in bipolar disorder. J. Neuropsychiatry Clin. Neurosci. 9: 301
Schaffer, C. B. & Schaffer, L. C. (1997). Gabapentin in the treatment of bipolar disorder. Am. J. Psychiatry 154: 291–2
Scicutella, A. (2001). Anxiety disorders in epilepsy. In Psychiatric Issues in Epilepsy, ed. A. B. Ettinger & A. M. Kanner, pp. 95–110. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Small, J. G., Kalapper, M. H., Milstein, V., et al. (1991). Carbamazepine compared with lithium in the treatment of mania. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 48: 921–51
Smith, D. B., Craft, B. R., Collins, J., et al. (1986). Behavioral characteristics of epilepsy patients compared to normal controls. Epilespia 27: 760–68
Stoudemire, A. & Fogel, B. S. (1993). Psychiatric Care of the Medical Patient. New York: Oxford University Press
Swedo, S. E., Leonard, H. L. & Allen, A. J. (1994). New developments in childhood affective and anxiety disorders. Curr. Probl. Pediatr. 24: 12–38
Szondi, L. (1963). Schicksalsanalytische Therapie. Bern: Hans Huber
Torta, R. & Keller, R. (1999). Behavioral, psychotic and anxiety disorders in epilepsy: etiology, clinical features and therapeutic implications. Epilepsia 50 (suppl 10): 2–20
Trimble, M. R. (1986). The psychoses of epilepsy and their treatment. In The Psychopharmacology of Epilepsy, ed. M. R. Trimble, pp. 83–94. New York: John Wiley & Sons
Trimble, M. R. (1991). Treatment of epileptic psychoses. In The Psychoses of Epilepsy, pp. 150–64. New York: Raven Press
Trimble, M. R. (1994). Psychiatric illness in epilepsy. A psychiatrist's perspective. Presented at the American Epilepsy Society Conference, 1994
Troisi, A., Vicario, E., Nuccetelli, F., et al. (1995). Effects of fluoxetine on aggressive behavior of adult patients with mental retardation and epilepsy. Pharmacopsychiatry 28: 73–6
Weisbrot, D. M. & Ettinger, A. B. (1998). Psychiatric aspects of Pediatric Epilepsy. Primary Psychiatry June: 51–67
Youdofsky, S. C., Silver, J. M. & Hales, R. E. (1995). Treatment of aggressive disorders. In Textbook of Psychopharmacology, ed. A. F. Schatzberg & C. B. Nemeroff, pp. 735–52. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press
Young, G. B., Chandara, P. C., Blume, W. T., et al. (1995). Mesial temporal lobe seizures presenting as anxiety disorder. J. Neuropsychiatry Clin. Neurosci. 7: 352–7